General Financial Rules, 2017 | CSS ADDA

General Financial Rules, 2017 โ€” Study Notes

Ministry of Finance  ยท  CSS ADDA Promotion Exams Portal
Chapter 1
Introduction
Rules 1 to 6  ยท  Short title, Definitions, Consultation, Modifications
Rules at a Glance
Rule No.Rule TitleKey Point
Rule 1Short Title and CommencementGFR 2017 ยท At once ยท Applies to all Central Govt. Ministries/Depts ยท Autonomous Bodies unless own rules
Rule 2Definitions32 definitions ยท DDO = Gazetted Officer ยท HoD = min. Dy. Secy. ยท FY = 1 Aprโ€“31 Mar ยท CAPEX & OPEX models
Rule 3Inter-Departmental ConsultationAll concerned depts must concur OR Cabinet decides ยท Indirect effect also counts
Rule 4Departmental Regulations of Financial CharacterAll financial regulations โ†’ by or with MoF concurrence
Rule 5Removal of DoubtsInterpretation doubts โ†’ Ministry of Finance decides ยท Decision is final
Rule 6ModificationsMoF may issue general/special instructions ยท Any other authority โ†’ EXPRESS MoF approval mandatory
Rule 1 Short Title and Commencement
The Rule
  • ๐Ÿ“œThese rules shall be called the General Financial Rules, 2017.
  • โšกThey come into force at once โ€” immediately upon publication in the Official Gazette.
  • ๐Ÿ›๏ธApply to all Central Government Ministries and Departments, including their attached and subordinate offices.
๐Ÿ“Œ Autonomous Bodies
  • ๐ŸขGFR shall be deemed to apply to autonomous bodies also โ€” unless such a body has its own Financial Rules incorporated in its bye-laws and approved by the Government.
  • โš ๏ธThe mere existence of bye-laws is not enough โ€” the financial rules must be specifically incorporated and carry Government approval.
Rule 2 Definitions

Rule 2 contains 32 definitions. The most important ones for examination purposes are set out below.

Key Definitions
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒAccounts Officer [Cl. i]: The Head of an office of accounts โ€” i.e., the Head of a Pay and Accounts Office (PAO).
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒAppropriation [Cl. iii]: Assignment of funds to meet expenditure of a specified kind from a primary unit of appropriation.
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒCompetent Authority [Cl. v]: The President of India, or any authority to whom the President has delegated power under DFPR or through general/special orders.
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒConsolidated Fund of India [Cl. vii]: Fund under Article 266(1) of the Constitution โ€” all revenues received and loans raised by the Government.
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒContingency Fund of India [Cl. viii]: Under Article 267(1) and the Contingency Fund of India Act, 1950. At the disposal of the President to meet unforeseen expenditure pending Parliamentary authorisation.
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒControlling Officer [Cl. x]: Responsible for supervising revenue collection and controlling expenditure under a major head. Includes Head of Department and Administrator.
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒDDO [Cl. xii]: A Gazetted Officer authorised to draw bills and make payments on behalf of the Government โ€” also includes Head of Department or Administrator where they discharge such functions. โญ Very Important
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒFinancial Year [Cl. xiv]: 1st April to 31st March of the following year.
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒGovernment Account [Cl. xvi]: Three parts โ€” Consolidated Fund + Contingency Fund + Public Account of India.
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒHead of Department [Cl. xvii]: Declared by competent authority โ€” shall not be of a rank below that of Deputy Secretary to the Government of India. โญ Exam point
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒPublic Account of India [Cl. xxiii]: Under Article 266(2) โ€” moneys received by or held on behalf of the Government other than those in the Consolidated Fund.
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒRe-appropriation [Cl. xxvi]: Transfer of funds from one primary unit of appropriation to another within the same grant.
New in GFR 2017 โ€” CAPEX and OPEX Models
โญ Two New Definitions Added in 2017
  • ๐Ÿ—๏ธCAPEX Model [Cl. xxxi]: Buyer purchases the asset outright. Arranges maintenance after warranty. Disposes of the asset at the end of useful life. Ownership transfers to buyer at once.
  • ๐Ÿ”„OPEX Model [Cl. xxxii]: Seller provides, maintains, and supplies consumables for the asset. Takes it back at end of life. Buyer pays a staggered periodic fee. Seller retains ownership throughout.
ParameterCAPEXOPEX
OwnershipTransfers to BuyerRemains with Seller
PaymentOne-time / upfrontStaggered periodic payments
MaintenanceBuyer (after warranty)Seller throughout
ConsumablesBuyer procures separatelySeller supplies
End of LifeBuyer disposesSeller takes back
Obsolescence RiskBuyerSeller
Rule 3 Inter-Departmental Consultation
The Rule
  • ๐ŸคNo order or rule on a matter affecting more than one Ministry or Department shall be issued without prior consultation with all concerned Ministries or Departments.
  • โœ…Exception: If the matter has already been decided by the Cabinet, no prior consultation is required.
โš ๏ธ EXPLANATION: Even an indirect or incidental effect on another Department's functions is sufficient to trigger the consultation requirement. The test is not limited to matters squarely within another Department's jurisdiction.
Rule 4 Departmental Regulations of Financial Character
The Rule
  • ๐Ÿ“‹All Departmental Regulations of a financial character must be made by or with the concurrence of the Ministry of Finance.
  • โ›”No Ministry or Department can unilaterally issue financial regulations without MoF involvement.
Rule 5 Removal of Doubts
The Rule
  • โ“If any doubt arises regarding the interpretation of any provision of GFR, the matter shall be referred to the Ministry of Finance, whose decision shall be final.
๐Ÿ“Œ Key Point
  • ๐Ÿ›๏ธMoF is the sole and final interpreter of the GFR. No other authority can interpret its provisions โ€” all doubts are referred to MoF.
Rule 6 Modifications
The Rule
  • โœ๏ธThe Ministry of Finance may issue general or special instructions modifying the procedure prescribed in these rules.
  • ๐Ÿ”’Any other authority may modify GFR provisions only with the express approval of the Ministry of Finance.
โš ๏ธ EXPLANATION: The word "express" is critical โ€” implied or presumed MoF approval is not sufficient. Approval must be explicitly recorded in writing before any modification can take effect.
Chapter 2
General System of Financial Management
Rules 7 to 41  ยท  Four Sections: Govt. Receipts ยท General Principles ยท Losses ยท Records & Audit
Rules at a Glance
Rule No.Rule TitleKey Point
Government Receipts (Rules 7โ€“20)
Rule 7All Receipts into Government AccountAll moneys received โ†’ brought into Govt Account without delay ยท Art.150 & 283(1)
Rule 8Moneys into Public Account ยท Court MoneysArt.284 โ€” non-revenue moneys received by officers โ†’ Public Account ยท Supreme Court & UT Courts included
Rule 9Duty to Assess and Collect ReceiptsDept must ensure dues correctly and promptly assessed, collected and credited
Rule 10Controlling Officer โ€” Monthly AccountsCO to obtain monthly accounts from subordinates ยท Compare with Accounts Officer statements
Rule 11Rules on Revenue Assessment & Receipt BooksDetailed rules in dept regulations ยท Receipt books in Form GAR-6
Rule 12Outstanding DuesAmounts due not to be left outstanding ยท If irrecoverable โ†’ competent authority orders
Rule 13No Credit via Suspense HeadCredit must follow actual realisation ยท No debit to suspense head unless specially authorised
Rule 14Report of Revenue Collection ProgressHoD/Administrator to keep Finance Ministry informed of revenue progress and variations from BE
Rule 15Rents of Buildings and LandsHoD responsible for recovery of rent ยท Procedure as per CPWD rules
Rule 16FinesAuthority to realise fines must deposit money ยท Authority to refund must prevent double refunds
Rule 17Miscellaneous DemandsAccounts Officers to watch realisation of misc. demands โ€” contributions from States, Local Funds, contractors
Rule 18Remission of RevenueRevenue not to be remitted or abandoned without sanction of competent authority
Rule 19Annual Statement of RemissionsSubmit to Audit & Accounts Officer by 1st June annually ยท Individual remissions below โ‚น1,000 excluded
Rule 20Rules on RemissionsDepartments may make rules defining remissions and abandonments of revenue
Section I โ€” General Principles Relating to Expenditure and Payment of Money (Rules 21โ€“32)
Rule 21Standards of Financial Propriety4 principles ยท Ordinary prudence ยท No excess ยท No self-benefit ยท No private benefit except court-enforceable or policy
Rule 22Expenditure from Public FundsNo expenditure unless sanctioned by competent authority ยท Applies to CF, Contingency Fund, Public Account
Rule 23Delegation of Financial PowersPowers delegated via DFPR ยท Undelegated powers vest in Finance Ministry
Rule 24Consultation with Financial AdvisersAll draft memos for EFC/PIB/CEE/CCEA/Cabinet โ†’ after FA consultation ยท Confirmation in memo mandatory
Rule 25Provision of Funds for SanctionSanction must indicate source of funds ยท Must state if valid appropriation/re-appropriation available
Rule 26Responsibility of Controlling Officer4 duties โ€” No excess ยท Right purpose ยท Public interest ยท Adequate control mechanism
Rule 27Date of Effect of SanctionComes into force from date of issue ยท For temporary posts โ€” date of creation to be specified
Rule 28Powers in Special MattersNo grant of land / assignment of revenue / mineral rights / relinquishment without Finance Ministry consent
Rule 29Communication of SanctionsAll sanctions to be communicated to Audit & Accounts Officers ยท 12 sub-clauses for procedure
Rule 30Lapse of SanctionsLapse if no payment in 12 months ยท 3 provisos (dept regulations / specific FY / stores with accepted tenders)
Rule 31Non-lapsing SanctionsAdditions to permanent establishment under general scheme / allowances for post โ€” do not lapse
Rule 32Remission of Disallowances / Write-off of OverpaymentsAs per DFPR and instructions issued thereunder
Section II โ€” Defalcation and Losses (Rules 33โ€“38)
Rule 33Report of Losses (7 sub-rules)Immediately to next higher authority + Statutory Audit Officer + Principal Accounts Officer ยท 2 exemptions ยท 2-stage reporting ยท โ‚น10,000 petty loss exemption
Rule 34Loss due to Fire, Theft, FraudLosses above โ‚น50,000 โ†’ reported to Police ยท Police investigation report to be obtained
Rule 35Loss of Immovable PropertyLosses exceeding โ‚น50,000 (buildings, works) due to natural causes โ†’ reported to Govt through usual channel
Rule 36Report to Audit and Accounts OfficersDetailed report after full enquiry ยท Copy simultaneously to Audit Officer and PAO
Rule 37Responsibility for LossesPersonally responsible for own fraud/negligence ยท Also responsible for others' if contributed ยท Dept proceedings per Appendix 1
Rule 38Prompt Disposal of Loss CasesAll stages โ€” detection, reporting, write-off, final disposal, action against delinquents โ€” to be completed promptly
Section III โ€” Submission of Records and Information (Rules 39โ€“41)
Rule 39Demand for Information by Audit/Accounts OfficerAfford all reasonable facilities to Audit Officer and PAO ยท Furnish all information for accounts, reports, payments, internal audit
Rule 40Non-withholding of DocumentsNo authority to withhold any information, books or documents from Audit/Accounts Officer
Rule 41Secret / Top Secret FilesSend personally to Head of Audit Office specifying classification ยท Dealt with per standing instructions
Government Receipts โ€” Rules 7โ€“20
Rule 7 All Moneys Received to be brought into Government Account
  • ๐Ÿ’ฐAll moneys received by or on behalf of the Government โ€” whether as dues of Government, for deposit, remittance, or otherwise โ€” shall be brought into Government Account without delay.
  • ๐Ÿ“œThis shall be in accordance with such general or special rules as may be issued under Articles 150 and 283(1) of the Constitution.
๐Ÿ“Œ Constitutional Basis
  • โš–๏ธArticle 150: Accounts of the Union and States to be kept in such form as the President may, on advice of the C&AG, prescribe.
  • โš–๏ธArticle 283(1): Custody of the Consolidated Fund of India, the Contingency Fund of India, and payment of moneys into or withdrawal from such funds to be regulated by law made by Parliament.
Rule 8 Moneys into Public Account โ€” Article 284 and Court Moneys
Sub-rule (1) โ€” Non-Revenue Moneys Received by Officers
  • โš–๏ธUnder Article 284 of the Constitution, all moneys received by or deposited with any officer employed in connection with the affairs of the Union โ€” other than revenues or public moneys raised or received by Government โ€” shall be paid into the Public Account.
  • ๐Ÿ›๏ธAll moneys received by or deposited with the Supreme Court of India, or with any other Court (other than a High Court) within a Union Territory, shall also be dealt with similarly โ€” paid into the Public Account.
Sub-rule (2) โ€” Governing Rules
  • ๐Ÿ“‹The head of account to which such moneys shall be credited and the procedure for withdrawal shall be governed by the:
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒGovernment Accounting Rules, 1990, and
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒCentral Government Account (Receipts and Payments) Rules, 1983, or such other general or special orders as may be issued in this behalf.
โญ Exam Point โ€” Art. 284 vs Art. 266
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒArt. 266(1) โ€” Consolidated Fund of India (revenues + loans raised by Govt).
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒArt. 266(2) โ€” Public Account of India (moneys received on behalf of Govt, other than CF).
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒArt. 284 โ€” Non-revenue moneys received by officers โ†’ specifically directed to Public Account.
Rule 9 Duty of Department to Collect Receipts
  • ๐Ÿ›๏ธIt is the duty of the Department of the Central Government concerned to ensure that the receipts and dues of the Government are:
  • 1๏ธโƒฃCorrectly assessed
  • 2๏ธโƒฃPromptly collected
  • 3๏ธโƒฃDuly credited to the Consolidated Fund or Public Account as the case may be.
โš ๏ธ Important: All three functions โ€” assessment, collection and credit โ€” are the department's responsibility. Failure in any one is a dereliction of duty.
Rule 10 Controlling Officer โ€” Monthly Accounts and Reconciliation of Receipts
  • ๐Ÿ“ŠThe Controlling Officer shall arrange to obtain from his subordinate officers monthly accounts and returns in suitable form, claiming credit for the amounts paid into the treasury or bank.
  • ๐Ÿ”„He must compare these accounts with the statements of credits furnished by the Accounts Officer to verify that amounts reported as collected have been duly credited.
  • ๐Ÿ“„Each Accounts Officer shall send an extract from his accounts showing amounts brought to credit each month to the Controlling Officer concerned.
๐Ÿ“Œ Purpose
  • โœ…This monthly comparison ensures that all collections by subordinate officers are actually reaching the Government Account and are not being diverted or delayed.
Rule 11 Rules on Revenue Assessment and Receipt Books
Sub-rule (1) โ€” Departmental Regulations
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Detailed rules and procedures regarding assessment, collection, allocation, remission and abandonment of revenue and other receipts shall be laid down in the regulations of the Department responsible for the same.
Sub-rule (2) โ€” Receipt Books in Form GAR-6
  • ๐Ÿ—‚๏ธIn departments where officers receive money on behalf of Government and issue receipts in Form GAR-6, the departmental regulations must provide for:
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒMaintenance of a proper account of the receipt and issue of receipt books.
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒThe number of receipt books to be issued at a time to each officer.
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒA check with the officer's accounts of the used books when returned.
Rule 12 Outstanding Dues not to be Left Pending
  • โฐAmounts due to Government shall not be left outstanding without sufficient reasons.
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Where such amounts appear to be irrecoverable, the orders of the competent authority shall be obtained for their adjustment.
๐Ÿ“Œ Key Principle
  • ๐Ÿ’กOutstanding dues are a risk of revenue loss. Officers must actively pursue collection and not let dues languish. If irrecoverable, formal orders are required before writing them off โ€” unilateral abandonment is not permissible.
Rule 13 Credit Must Follow Actual Realisation โ€” No Suspense Debit
  • โ›”Unless specially authorised by any rule or order made by competent authority, no sums shall be credited as revenue by debit to a suspense head.
  • โœ…The credit must follow and not precede actual realisation.
โš ๏ธ EXPLANATION: Crediting revenue before actual collection artificially inflates revenue figures and violates the basic accounting principle. Suspense heads are only temporary and must not be used to show unearned revenue.
Rule 14 Reporting of Revenue Collection Progress to Finance Ministry
  • ๐Ÿ“ŠAn Administrator or Head of a Department responsible for the collection of revenue shall keep the Finance Ministry fully informed of:
    • ๐Ÿ“ˆThe progress of collection of revenue under his control.
    • โš ๏ธAll important variations in such collections as compared with the Budget Estimates.
  • ๐Ÿ“‹This is subject to any general or special orders issued by the Department of the Central Government concerned.
Rule 15 Rents of Government Buildings and Lands
Sub-rule (1) โ€” Responsibility
  • ๐ŸขWhen the maintenance of any rentable building is entrusted to a civil department (other than the Central Public Works Department), the Administrator or Head of Department concerned shall be responsible for the due recovery of rent thereof.
Sub-rule (2) โ€” Procedure
  • ๐Ÿ“‹The procedure for assessment and recovery of rent of any building hired out will be regulated generally by the rules applicable to buildings under the direct charge of CPWD.
Sub-rule (3) โ€” Departmental Regulations
  • ๐Ÿ“‚Detailed rules regarding demand and recovery of rent of Government buildings and lands are contained in the departmental regulations of the departments in charge of those buildings.
Rule 16 Fines โ€” Realisation and Refund
Sub-rule (1) โ€” Realisation
  • โš–๏ธEvery authority having the power to impose and/or realise a fine shall ensure that the money is:
    • โœ…Realised
    • โœ…Duly checked
    • โœ…Deposited into a treasury or bank as the case may be.
Sub-rule (2) โ€” Refunds
  • โ›”Every authority having the power to refund fines shall ensure that:
    • ๐ŸšซNo double refunds of amounts of fines collected are made.
    • ๐ŸšซNo refunds of fines not actually paid into a treasury or bank are made.
Rule 17 Miscellaneous Demands
  • ๐Ÿ‘€Accounts Officers shall watch the realisation of miscellaneous demands of Government not falling under the ordinary revenue administration.
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Examples include contributions from:
    • ๐Ÿ›๏ธState Governments
    • ๐Ÿ™๏ธLocal Funds
    • ๐Ÿ—๏ธContractors and others towards establishment charges
Rule 18 Remission of Revenue
  • โ›”A claim to revenue shall not be remitted or abandoned save with the sanction of the competent authority.
๐Ÿ“Œ Key Point
  • ๐Ÿ’กEvery rupee of Government revenue is public money. No officer can waive a Government's claim to revenue on his own โ€” formal sanction from the authority empowered to remit is always required.
Rule 19 Annual Statement of Remissions of Revenue
Sub-rule (1) โ€” Annual Submission
  • ๐Ÿ“…Administrators and Heads of Departments (other than those in the Department of Posts) shall submit annually on 1st June to the Audit Officer and Accounts Officer concerned, statements showing:
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒRemissions of revenue and abandonments of claims to revenue sanctioned during the preceding year by competent authorities.
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒExercised otherwise than by law or rule having the force of law.
  • ๐Ÿ’กThreshold: Individual remissions below โ‚น1,000 need not be included in the statements. โญ โ‚น1,000 limit
Sub-rule (2) โ€” Classification in the Statement
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Remissions and abandonments should be classified broadly with reference to the grounds on which they were sanctioned.
  • ๐Ÿ“ŠA total figure should be given for each class, with a brief explanation of circumstances leading to the remission for each class.
Rule 20 Departmental Rules on Remissions and Abandonments
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Departments of the Central Government and Administrators may make rules defining remissions and abandonments of revenue for the purpose of Rule 19.
Section I โ€” General Principles Relating to Expenditure and Payment of Money (Rules 21โ€“32)
Rule 21 Standards of Financial Propriety

Every officer incurring or authorising expenditure from public moneys should be guided by high standards of financial propriety and enforce financial order, strict economy, and compliance with all financial rules. The following four principles are specifically emphasised:

Principle I โ€” Ordinary Prudence Standard
  • ๐Ÿ’กEvery officer is expected to exercise the same vigilance in respect of expenditure from public moneys as a person of ordinary prudence would exercise in respect of his own money.
Principle II โ€” No Excess over Occasion
  • ๐Ÿ’ธThe expenditure should not be prima facie more than the occasion demands. Economy and proportionality are the watchwords.
Principle III โ€” No Self-Benefit in Sanction
  • โ›”No authority should exercise its powers of sanctioning expenditure to pass an order which will be directly or indirectly to its own advantage. No one shall be a judge in his own cause.
Principle IV โ€” No Expenditure for Particular Person or Section
  • ๐ŸšซExpenditure from public moneys should not be incurred for the benefit of a particular person or a section of the people, unless โ€”
    • โœ…(a) A claim for the amount could be enforced in a Court of Law, or
    • โœ…(b) The expenditure is in pursuance of a recognised policy or custom.
โญ Note โ€” Rule 21 vs. "5 Canons"
  • โš ๏ธGFR Rule 21 as enacted prescribes 4 principles (not 5). The oft-cited "5 Canons" including "No Loss of Interest" is a popular study shorthand โ€” but in the actual GFR text Rule 21 lists only the four principles above. Principle IV contains important two exceptions (court-enforceable or recognised policy) which are frequently tested.
Rule 22 Expenditure from Public Funds โ€” Sanction is Mandatory
  • โ›”No authority may incur any expenditure or enter into any liability involving expenditure or transfer of moneys for investment or deposit from public funds (Consolidated Fund / Contingency Fund / Public Accounts) unless the same has been sanctioned by a competent authority.
โš ๏ธ This rule covers all three components of the Government Account โ€” Consolidated Fund, Contingency Fund, and Public Account. Sanction is required across all three; no exception exists for moneys in the Public Account.
Rule 23 Delegation of Financial Powers
  • ๐Ÿ“‹The financial powers of the Government have been delegated to various subordinate authorities vide the Delegation of Financial Powers Rules (DFPR), as amended from time to time.
  • ๐Ÿ›๏ธThe financial powers of the Government which have not been delegated to a subordinate authority shall vest in the Finance Ministry.
๐Ÿ“Œ Residual Powers
  • ๐Ÿ’กDFPR creates the hierarchy of financial authority. Any power not explicitly delegated by DFPR flows upward to the Ministry of Finance. No vacuum exists in financial authority.
Rule 24 Consultation with Financial Advisers
  • ๐ŸคAll draft memoranda for the following committees/bodies shall be circulated by the Ministry or Department concerned after consultation with the Financial Adviser of that Ministry or Department:
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒExpenditure Finance Committee (EFC)
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒPublic Investment Bureau (PIB)
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒCommittee on Establishment Expenditure (CEE)
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒCabinet Committee for Economic Affairs (CCEA)
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒCabinet
  • ๐Ÿ“A confirmation to this effect (that FA consultation has been done) shall be included in the draft memorandum at the circulation stage. โ— Exam point
Rule 25 Provision of Funds for Sanction
Sub-rule (1) โ€” Source to be Indicated
  • ๐Ÿ“‹All sanctions to expenditure shall indicate the details of the provision in the relevant grant or appropriation wherefrom such expenditure is to be met.
Sub-rule (2) โ€” Valid Appropriation Required
  • ๐Ÿ“ŠAll proposals for sanction to expenditure shall indicate whether such expenditure can be met by valid appropriation or re-appropriation.
Sub-rule (3) โ€” Sanction Before Funds are Communicated
โš ๏ธ Important Provision
  • โšกWhere it becomes necessary to issue a sanction before funds are communicated, the sanction should specify that such expenditure is subject to funds being communicated in the budget of the year.
Rule 26 Responsibilities of the Controlling Officer in Respect of Budget Allocation

The Controlling Officer must ensure four things in respect of funds placed at his disposal:

  • 1๏ธโƒฃThat the expenditure does not exceed the budget allocation.
  • 2๏ธโƒฃThat the expenditure is incurred for the purpose for which funds have been provided.
  • 3๏ธโƒฃThat the expenditure is incurred in public interest.
  • 4๏ธโƒฃThat adequate control mechanisms are functioning in his Department for:
    • ๐Ÿ”Prevention and detection of errors and irregularities in financial proceedings of subordinate offices.
    • ๐Ÿ›ก๏ธTo guard against waste and loss of public money.
Rule 27 Date of Effect of Sanction
Sub-rule (1) โ€” Comes into Force from Date of Issue
  • ๐Ÿ“…Subject to fulfillment of the provisions of DFPR, all rules, sanctions or orders shall come into force from the date of issue, unless any other date from which they shall come into force is specified therein.
Sub-rule (2) โ€” Date of Creation for Temporary Posts
  • ๐Ÿ“Orders sanctioning the creation of a temporary post should, in addition to the sanctioned duration, invariably specify the date from which it is to be created.
Rule 28 Powers in regard to Certain Special Matters

Except in pursuance of the general delegation made by, or with the approval of the President, a subordinate authority shall not, without the previous consent of the Finance Ministry, issue an order which involves:

  • ๐Ÿž๏ธ(i) Any grant of land, or assignment of revenue, or concession, grant, lease or licence of mineral or forest rights, or rights to water, power or any easement or privilege of such concessions, or
  • ๐Ÿ’ธ(ii) Relinquishment of revenue in any way.
โš ๏ธ Both categories require prior Finance Ministry consent. This rule safeguards against subordinate authorities alienating Government's valuable rights in land, revenue and natural resources without MoF oversight.
Rule 29 Procedure for Communication of Sanctions

All financial sanctions and orders issued by a competent authority shall be communicated to the Audit Officer and the Accounts Officer. The procedure is detailed in twelve sub-clauses, the key ones being:

Key Sub-clauses
  • ๐Ÿ”น(i) Sanctions relating to a matter concerning the Department proper, on the basis of which payment is to be made or authorised by the Accounts Officer โ€” should be addressed to the Accounts Officer.
  • ๐Ÿ”น(ii) All other sanctions should be accorded in the form of an Order โ€” a copy thereof should be endorsed to the Accounts Officer concerned.
  • ๐Ÿ”น(iii) For non-recurring expenditure, the sanctioning authority may accord sanction by signing or countersigning the bill or voucher instead of a separate sanction letter.
  • ๐Ÿ”น(vi) All orders conveying sanctions to expenditure of a definite amount shall express the amount both in words and figures.
  • ๐Ÿ”น(xi) Copies of all sanctions/orders shall be endorsed to Audit Officers, except the following categories (which need not be sent to audit):
    • ๐ŸšซAdvances to Central Govt. employees
    • ๐ŸšซAppointment, promotion or transfer of Gazetted/Non-Gazetted officers
    • ๐ŸšซCreation, continuation or abolition of posts
    • ๐ŸšซHanding over/taking over charge
    • ๐ŸšซGPF advances to Government servants
    • ๐ŸšซContingent expenditure under powers of Head of Office
    • ๐ŸšซOther routine sanctions by Heads of Subordinate Officers
๐Ÿ“Œ Special Rule for Union Territory Sanctions
  • ๐Ÿ›๏ธOrders issued by a Department of a Union Territory Government where Audit and Accounts have not been separated โ†’ communicated directly to the Audit authority. Where separated โ†’ copies endorsed to Audit authorities.
Rule 30 Lapse of Sanctions
General Rule
  • โฐA sanction for any fresh charge shall, unless specifically renewed, lapse if no payment has been made (in whole or in part) during a period of twelve months from the date of issue. โ— 12 months
Three Provisos โ€” Exceptions
โœ… When Sanctions Do NOT Lapse as per General Rule
  • 1๏ธโƒฃProviso (i): When the period of currency of the sanction is prescribed in departmental regulations or specified in the sanction itself โ€” it lapses on the expiry of such period (not after 12 months).
  • 2๏ธโƒฃProviso (ii): When there is a specific provision in the sanction that expenditure would be met from the budget provision of a specified financial year โ€” it lapses at the close of that financial year.
  • 3๏ธโƒฃProviso (iii) โ€” Stores Purchase: A sanction shall not lapse if, in the case of purchase of stores, tenders have been accepted (for local/direct purchase) or the indent has been placed (for Central Purchases) within the one-year period โ€” even if actual payment has not been made.
Rule 31 Non-Lapsing of Certain Sanctions

Notwithstanding Rule 30, the following sanctions shall not lapse:

  • โœ…A sanction in respect of an addition to a permanent establishment made from year to year under a general scheme by a competent authority.
  • โœ…A sanction in respect of an allowance sanctioned for a post or for a class of Government servants but not drawn by the officer(s) concerned.
๐Ÿ“Œ Rationale
  • ๐Ÿ’กThese recurring or structural sanctions are not "fresh charges" โ€” they are ongoing obligations. Requiring their annual renewal would create unnecessary administrative burden. Hence they are exempted from the lapse rule.
Rule 32 Remission of Disallowances and Write-Off of Overpayments
  • ๐Ÿ“‹The remission of disallowances by Audit and writing off of overpayments made to Government servants by competent authorities shall be in accordance with the provisions of the Delegation of Financial Powers Rules and instructions issued thereunder.
Section II โ€” Defalcation and Losses (Rules 33โ€“38)
Rule 33 Report of Losses โ€” Seven Sub-rules
Sub-rule (1) โ€” Mandatory Immediate Reporting
  • ๐ŸšจAny loss or shortage of public moneys, departmental revenue, stamps, opium, stores or other Government property โ€” irrespective of the cause of loss and manner of detection โ€” shall be immediately reported by the subordinate authority to:
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒThe next higher authority
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒThe Statutory Audit Officer
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒThe concerned Principal Accounts Officer
  • โœ…Reporting is required even when the loss has been made good by the party responsible for it.
โœ… Two Categories of Losses Exempted from Reporting
  • 1๏ธโƒฃRevenue assessment errors: (a) Mistakes discovered too late for supplementary claim; (b) Under-assessments overruled by higher authority after the time-limit under law has expired; (c) Refunds allowed on the ground that claims were time-barred.
  • 2๏ธโƒฃPetty losses of value not exceeding โ‚น10,000. โญ โ‚น10,000 limit
Sub-rule (2) โ€” Serious Irregularities
  • โš ๏ธCases involving serious irregularities shall also be brought to the notice of:
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒFinancial Adviser or Chief Accounting Authority of the Ministry or Department
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒController General of Accounts, Ministry of Finance
Sub-rule (3) โ€” Two-Stage Reporting
โš ๏ธ Initial Report + Final Report โ€” Both Mandatory
  • 1๏ธโƒฃInitial Report: Made as soon as a suspicion arises that a loss has taken place โ€” no need to wait for confirmation.
  • 2๏ธโƒฃFinal Report: Sent after investigation indicating โ€” nature and extent of loss, errors or neglect of rules which caused the loss, and prospects of recovery.
Sub-rule (4) โ€” Channel of Report and Disposal
  • ๐Ÿ”„The complete report shall reach through proper channels to the Head of Department, who shall finally dispose of it under his delegated powers.
  • ๐Ÿ›๏ธReports which he cannot finally dispose of under his delegated powers shall be submitted to the Finance Ministry.
Sub-rule (5) โ€” Redrawal Pending Investigation
  • ๐Ÿ’ฐAn amount lost through misappropriation, defalcation, embezzlement etc. may be redrawn on a simple receipt pending investigation, recovery or write-off โ€” with the approval of the authority competent to write-off the loss in question.
Sub-rule (6) โ€” Which Government Bears the Loss
  • ๐Ÿ›๏ธIn cases of loss due to culpability of Government servants, the loss should be borne by the Central Govt. Department or State Govt. concerned with the transaction.
  • โœ…If any recoveries are made from the erring official in cash, the receipt will be credited back to the Government that sustained the loss.
Sub-rule (7) โ€” Irregular Cheques / Accounting of Receipts
  • ๐Ÿ“„All cases involving loss from erroneous or irregular issue of cheques or irregular accounting of receipts shall be reported to the Controller General of Accounts along with the circumstances โ€” so that defects in rules or procedures can be remedied.
Rule 34 Loss of Government Property due to Fire, Theft, Fraud
  • ๐Ÿ”ฅDepartmental Officers shall, in addition to taking action under Rule 33, follow the provisions below in cases involving material loss or destruction of Government property as a result of fire, theft, fraud, etc.
  • ๐Ÿš”All losses above โ‚น50,000 due to suspected fire, theft, fraud, etc., shall be invariably reported to the Police for investigation as early as possible. โ— โ‚น50,000 threshold for Police
  • ๐ŸคOnce the matter is reported to the Police, all concerned must assist the Police in their investigation.
  • ๐Ÿ“‹A formal investigation report shall be obtained from the Police Authorities in all cases referred to them.
Rule 35 Loss of Immovable Property by Fire, Flood, Natural Causes
  • ๐ŸŒช๏ธAll loss of immovable property exceeding โ‚น50,000 โ€” such as buildings, communications, or other works โ€” caused by fire, flood, cyclone, earthquake or any other natural cause โ€” shall be reported at once by the subordinate authority to Government through the usual channel. โ— โ‚น50,000 threshold
  • ๐Ÿ“ขAll other losses (below โ‚น50,000) should be immediately brought to the notice of the next higher authority.
โญ Rules 34 vs 35 โ€” Key Distinction
  • ๐Ÿ”ฅRule 34: Loss of movable Government property due to fire/theft/fraud โ†’ Police report (above โ‚น50,000).
  • ๐ŸขRule 35: Loss of immovable property due to natural causes โ†’ Report to Government through usual channel (above โ‚น50,000).
Rule 36 Detailed Report to Audit and Accounts Officers
  • ๐Ÿ”ŽAfter a full enquiry into the cause and extent of the loss has been made, the detailed report should be sent by the subordinate authority concerned to Government through the proper channel.
  • ๐Ÿ“ฌA copy of the report or an abstract thereof shall be simultaneously forwarded to the Audit Officer and the Pay and Accounts Officer.
Rule 37 Responsibility for Losses
  • ๐Ÿ‘คAn officer shall be held personally responsible for any loss sustained by the Government through fraud or negligence on his own part.
  • ๐Ÿ”—He shall also be held personally responsible for any loss arising from fraud or negligence of any other officer to the extent to which it may be shown that he contributed to the loss by his own action or negligence.
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Departmental proceedings for assessment of responsibility shall be conducted according to the instructions contained in Appendix 1 and those issued by the Ministry of Personnel from time to time.
โš ๏ธ Contributory Liability: Even if an officer did not personally commit the fraud or negligence, he is liable if it can be shown he contributed to the loss by his inaction or failure of supervision. There is no escape from supervisory responsibility.
Rule 38 Prompt Disposal of Cases of Loss
  • โšกAction at each stage of detection, reporting, write-off, and final disposal shall be completed promptly.
  • ๐Ÿ‘ฎSpecial attention must be given to:
    • โš–๏ธAction against delinquents.
    • ๐Ÿ›ก๏ธRemedial measures taken to strengthen the control system.
Section III โ€” Submission of Records and Information (Rules 39โ€“41)
Rule 39 Demand for Information by Audit or Accounts Officer
  • ๐ŸคA subordinate authority shall afford all reasonable facilities to the Audit Officer and Pay and Accounts Officer for the discharge of his functions.
  • ๐Ÿ“„Shall furnish the fullest possible information required for:
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒPreparation of any official account or report
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒPayments
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒInternal audit
Rule 40 Non-withholding of Documents from Audit
  • โ›”A subordinate authority shall not withhold any information, books or other documents required by the Audit Officer or Accounts Officer.
โš ๏ธ Absolute obligation. There is no discretion here โ€” withholding documents from audit is a serious misconduct and is actionable under the Conduct Rules. The only exception is for classified files, which are handled under Rule 41.
Rule 41 Secret and Top Secret Files
  • ๐Ÿ”’If the contents of any file are categorised as 'Secret' or 'Top Secret', the file may be sent personally to the Head of the Audit Office, specifying this fact.
  • ๐Ÿ“‹The Head of the Audit Office will then deal with it in accordance with the standing instructions for handling and custody of such classified documents.
๐Ÿ“Œ Interaction with Rule 40
  • ๐Ÿ’กRule 41 does not override Rule 40 โ€” even classified files must be made available to the Head of Audit. The difference is only in the manner โ€” they are sent personally and dealt with as per classified document procedures, not through normal channels.
โญ Numbers to Remember โ€” Chapter 2
  • ๐Ÿ“Œ4 Principles of Financial Propriety (R.21)  ยท  4 Duties of Controlling Officer (R.26)
  • ๐Ÿ“Œโ‚น1,000 โ€” individual remissions below this excluded from annual statement (R.19)
  • ๐Ÿ“Œโ‚น10,000 โ€” petty losses below this exempted from mandatory loss reporting (R.33)
  • ๐Ÿ“Œโ‚น50,000 โ€” threshold for Police reporting (movable, R.34) and Govt. reporting (immovable, R.35)
  • ๐Ÿ“Œ12 months โ€” period after which sanction lapses if no payment made (R.30)
  • ๐Ÿ“Œ1st June โ€” annual statement of remissions to be submitted to Audit & Accounts Officer (R.19)
  • ๐Ÿ“Œ5 bodies โ€” draft memos for EFC / PIB / CEE / CCEA / Cabinet โ†’ FA consultation mandatory (R.24)
Chapter 3
Budget Formulation and Implementation
Rules 42 to 70  ยท  Two Sections: Budget Formulation ยท Control of Expenditure Against Budget
Rules at a Glance
Rule No.Rule TitleKey Point
Budget Formulation (Rules 42โ€“56)
Rule 42Financial Year1 April โ€“ 31 March
Rule 43Presentation of Budget to ParliamentArt.112(1) ยท Finance Minister lays AFS before both Houses ยท Railway Budget merged w.e.f. 2017-18 ยท Art.112โ€“116 governs ยท MoF Budget Division issues guidelines
Rule 44Contents of BudgetRevenue estimates ยท Expenditure per programme/scheme/project ยท Interest & debt servicing ยท Any other prescribed information
Rule 45Receipt EstimatesPrepared by estimating authority ยท Major Headโ€“wise ยท Break-up of Minor/Sub/Detailed heads ยท Actuals of past 3 years ยท Cogent reasons for major variations
Rule 46Non-Tax RevenuesCollected through all Ministries/Depts and autonomous bodies ยท Tax revenues etc. managed by MoF departments
Rule 47User ChargesMust recover current cost + reasonable return ยท Deviations recorded with reasons ยท Reviewed every 3 years ยท Fixed through Rules/Executive orders (not statute) wherever possible
Rule 48Dividends and ProfitsCPSEs must pay dividend promptly after AGM decision ยท Ministry to monitor ยท As per DIPAM guidelines
Rule 49Receipts Portal (e-Receipts)All Ministries/Depts to migrate to e-Receipts ยท Prompt credit to Government account
Rule 50Expenditure EstimatesCharged vs Voted separated ยท Revenue vs Capital separated ยท Up to object head ยท Scrutinised by FA โ†’ approved by Secretary โ†’ sent to Budget Division
Rule 51Demands for GrantsGenerally 1 DFG per Ministry ยท Main DFG by MoF Budget Division ยท Detailed DFG by Ministry before DRSC
Rule 52Form of AFS and DFGForm prescribed by Finance Ministry ยท No change without MoF approval ยท Major head provisions in Detailed DFG must match Demands for Grants
Rule 53Acceptance and Inclusion of EstimatesScrutinised in Budget Division ยท Secy (Expenditure) holds pre-budget meetings ยท Final estimates incorporated in Budget documents
Rule 54Outcome BudgetDoE + NITI Aayog + Ministry ยท Links outlays to outputs/outcomes ยท Measurable/quantitative terms ยท Based on MTEF projections ยท Performance determines continuation & allocation
Rule 55Vote on AccountPending Appropriation Bill โ†’ MoF obtains Vote on Account under Art.116 ยท Not to be used for New Service
Rule 56Communication of GrantsAfter Appropriation Bill โ†’ MoF communicates to Ministries โ†’ Ministries distribute to subordinate formations โ†’ also communicated to PAOs
Section II โ€” Control of Expenditure Against Budget (Rules 57โ€“70)
Rule 57Responsibility for Control of Expenditure (8 sub-rules)Dept responsible through HoDs/COs/DDOs ยท Grant usable only in FY ยท No excess without Supplementary Grant or CF Advance ยท Monthly reconciliation: DDOโ†”PAO ยท Quarterly certificate by 15th of 2nd month after quarter end ยท GFR forms 5,6,7,8,9 maintained
Rule 58Liability RegisterCO to obtain liability statements in Form GFR 3-A monthly from October ยท CO to maintain Liability Register in Form GFR 3
Rule 59Estimating Savings or ExcessesHoD/CO must be in position to estimate likelihood of savings or excesses every month
Rule 60Disproportionate ExpenditureAccounts Officer reports to HoD on first appearance ยท But ultimate responsibility rests with authority administering the grant
Rule 61Excess ExpenditurePAO shall not allow payment in excess of Budget provisions without CAA's approval ยท FA/CAA must ensure funds available through Re-appropriation or SDG
Rule 62Surrender of SavingsSurrender to Finance Ministry by prescribed dates ยท Savings surrendered immediately on foresight ยท No reserve for future excesses ยท Rush of expenditure in closing months = breach of financial propriety ยท FA to ensure adherence to Monthly & Quarterly Expenditure Plans
Rule 63Expenditure on New ServiceNo expenditure on New Service unless Supplementary Grant or CF Advance obtained
Rule 64Additional Allotment for ExcessSubordinate authority must get additional allotment before incurring excess ยท Disbursing Officer cannot self-authorise excess ยท Take orders of administrative authority โ†’ Re-appropriation or SDG or CF Advance
Rule 65Re-appropriation of FundsBetween primary units within a grant ยท Before close of FY ยท Only from units with expected savings ยท Not to create false savings with intent to restore ยท Supported by Form GFR 1 ยท Reasons for saving/excess of โ‚น1 lakh+ to be stated ยท Copy to Accounts Officer
Rule 66Supplementary GrantsIf no savings within grant or New Service โ€” Supplementary Grant under Art.115(1) before payment
Rule 67Advance from Contingency FundUnforeseen expenditure + no time for Supplementary Demand ยท Art.267(1) ยท Also for excess over Vote on Account ยท Procedure as per CF of India (Amendment) Rules, 2021
Rule 68Inevitable PaymentsMoney indisputably payable shall not ordinarily be left unpaid ยท Provision for anticipated liabilities must be in DFG
Rule 69Pre-check of BillsAppendix 10 contains procedure for Accounts Office check against provision of funds
Rule 70Duties of Chief Accounting Authority (Secretary)9 duties โ€” financial management ยท proper use of funds ยท effective/efficient/economical use ยท appear before PAC ยท monitor programme performance ยท expenditure statements ยท internal controls ยท procurement procedures ยท collect dues & avoid unauthorised expenditure
Budget Formulation โ€” Rules 42โ€“56
Rule 42 Financial Year
  • ๐Ÿ“…The financial year of the Government shall commence on the 1st day of April of each year and end on the 31st day of March of the following year.
Rule 43 Presentation of Budget to Parliament
Sub-rule (1) โ€” Annual Financial Statement
  • ๐Ÿ›๏ธIn accordance with Article 112(1) of the Constitution, the Finance Minister shall arrange to lay before both the Houses of Parliament an Annual Financial Statement (also known as the 'Budget') showing the estimated receipts and expenditure of the Central Government in respect of a financial year, before the commencement of that year.
Sub-rule (2) โ€” Merger of Railway Budget
  • ๐Ÿš‚The receipts and expenditure of the Railways (a departmental commercial organisation) form part of the Government's receipts and expenditure and are included in the Annual Financial Statement.
  • ๐Ÿ“…With the merger of Railway Budget with the General Budget, the Demands for Grants and the Statement of Budget Estimates of Railways shall be part of the General Budget with effect from 2017-18. โญ Exam point
Sub-rule (3) โ€” Constitutional Provisions
  • โš–๏ธThe provisions for preparation, formulation and submission of budget to Parliament are contained in Articles 112 to 116 of the Constitution of India.
Sub-rule (4) โ€” MoF Budget Division Guidelines
  • ๐Ÿ“‹The Ministry of Finance, Budget Division shall issue guidelines for preparation of budget estimates from time to time. All Ministries/Departments shall comply in full with these guidelines.
๐Ÿ“Œ Constitutional Articles โ€” Budget Quick Reference
  • โš–๏ธArt. 112 โ€” Annual Financial Statement (Budget) ยท Art. 113 โ€” Procedure for Demands for Grants
  • โš–๏ธArt. 114 โ€” Appropriation Bill ยท Art. 115 โ€” Supplementary Grants ยท Art. 116 โ€” Vote on Account
Rule 44 Contents of the Budget

The budget shall contain the following:

  • 1๏ธโƒฃEstimates of all revenues expected to be raised during the financial year to which the budget relates.
  • 2๏ธโƒฃEstimates of all expenditure for each programme, scheme and project in that financial year.
  • 3๏ธโƒฃEstimates of all interest and debt servicing charges and any repayments on loans in that financial year.
  • 4๏ธโƒฃAny other information as may be prescribed.
Rule 45 Receipt Estimates
  • ๐Ÿ“ŠDetailed estimates of receipts shall be prepared by the estimating authorities separately for each Major Head of Account in the prescribed form.
  • ๐Ÿ“‹For each Major Head, the estimating authority shall give the break-up of the Minor / Sub-head / Detailed-wise estimate along with actuals of the past three years. โญ Past 3 years actuals
  • ๐Ÿ”Item-wise break-up of all major items of tax and non-tax revenues shall be clearly identified and depicted in the receipt estimates.
  • ๐Ÿ“Any major variation in estimates with reference to past actuals or Budget Estimates shall be supported by cogent reasons.
  • ๐Ÿ›๏ธAccounting heads under which major tax and non-tax revenues are collected shall be prescribed by the administrative Ministry in consultation with Budget Division, MoF.
Rule 46 Non-Tax Revenues
  • ๐Ÿ’ฐWhile tax revenues, non-debt capital receipts (including disinvestments) and borrowings are managed by the various Departments of the Ministry of Finance โ€”
  • ๐Ÿ›๏ธNon-tax revenues are collected through all Ministries/Departments and other autonomous bodies and implementing agencies, comprising an important source of revenue for the Government.
โญ Who Manages What
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒMoF departments manage: Tax revenues ยท Non-debt capital receipts ยท Disinvestments ยท Borrowings
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒAll Ministries/Depts manage: Non-tax revenues (fees, user charges, dividends, fines, etc.)
Rule 47 User Charges
  • ๐Ÿ’ก'User Charges' is an important component of non-tax revenues. Each Ministry/Department shall identify the user charges levied by it and publish them on its website.
Rules for Fixing User Charges
  • 1๏ธโƒฃUser charges must recover the current cost of providing services with a reasonable return on capital investment.
  • 2๏ธโƒฃAny deviation from cost-recovery norms shall be specifically recorded with reasons.
  • 3๏ธโƒฃRates of user charges shall be linked with appropriate price indices and reviewed at least every three years. โ— Every 3 years
  • 4๏ธโƒฃTo enable ease of revision, user charges shall be fixed, wherever possible, through Rules or executive orders โ€” not through a statute. โญ Exam point
Rule 48 Dividends and Profits from CPSEs
  • ๐Ÿ“ˆDividends and profits โ€” including the transfer of surplus from the Reserve Bank of India โ€” are a major component of non-tax revenues.
  • โšกPayment of dividends/profits by Central Public Sector Enterprises (CPSEs) shall not be delayed and must be paid within an appropriate time frame immediately after the decision on dividend is taken in the AGM.
  • ๐Ÿ‘€Ministries or Departments shall monitor timely payments of dividends and profits.
  • ๐Ÿ“‹The dividend shall be payable as per the guidelines issued by DIPAM (Department of Investment and Public Asset Management).
Rule 49 Receipts Portal โ€” e-Receipts
  • ๐Ÿ’ปThe Government has provided a public portal for online collection of various non-tax revenues including fees and user charges through e-Receipts.
  • ๐Ÿš€All Ministries/Departments shall take prompt measures for migration to e-Receipts, to ensure:
    • ๐Ÿ‘คCustomer convenience
    • โšกImmediate credit of receipts to the Government account
Rule 50 Expenditure Estimates
Sub-rule (1) โ€” Charged vs Voted
  • โš–๏ธThe expenditure estimates shall show separately:
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒSums required to meet expenditure Charged on the Consolidated Fund under Article 112(3) โ€” no vote required.
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒSums required to meet other expenditure for which a vote of Lok Sabha is required under Article 113(2) โ€” voted expenditure.
Sub-rule (2) โ€” Revenue vs Capital
  • ๐Ÿ“ŠEstimates shall also distinguish provisions for Revenue Account from Capital Account, including loans by the Government and repayment of loans, treasury bills, cash management bills, and ways and means advances.
Sub-rule (3) โ€” Level of Detail
  • ๐Ÿ”Detailed estimates of expenditure shall be prepared up to the final unit of appropriation (Object Head) under prescribed Major and Minor Heads for both Revenue and Capital expenditure.
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Estimates shall include suitable provision for liabilities of the previous years to be discharged during the year.
Sub-rule (5) โ€” Approval and Submission Process
โš ๏ธ Three-Step Process for RE and BE
  • 1๏ธโƒฃScrutinised by the Financial Adviser of the Ministry/Department.
  • 2๏ธโƒฃApproved by the Secretary of the Administrative Ministry or Department.
  • 3๏ธโƒฃForwarded to the Budget Division, Ministry of Finance in such manner and forms as may be prescribed.
Rule 51 Demands for Grants
Sub-rule (1) โ€” Form of DFG
  • ๐Ÿ“‹The estimates for expenditure for which a vote of Lok Sabha is required shall be in the form of Demands for Grants.
Sub-rule (2) โ€” One per Ministry (Generally)
  • ๐Ÿ›๏ธGenerally, one Demand for Grant is presented in respect of each Ministry or Department. However, for large Ministries, more than one Demand may be presented.
  • ๐Ÿ“ŠEach Demand normally includes provisions required for a service โ€” i.e., revenue expenditure, capital expenditure, grants to State and UT Governments, and loans and advances relating to the service.
Sub-rule (3) โ€” Two Levels of Presentation to Parliament
โš ๏ธ Main DFG vs Detailed DFG
  • ๐Ÿ“„Main Demand for Grants: Presented to Parliament by the Ministry of Finance, Budget Division, along with the Annual Financial Statement.
  • ๐Ÿ“‘Detailed Demands for Grants: Laid on the Table of Lok Sabha by the concerned Ministries/Departments for consideration by the Departmentally Related Standing Committee (DRSC).
Rule 52 Form of Annual Financial Statement and Demands for Grants
  • ๐Ÿ“‹The form of the Annual Financial Statement and Demands for Grants shall be laid down by the Finance Ministry โ€” no alteration of arrangement or classification shall be made without the approval of that Ministry.
  • ๐Ÿ”‘The heads under which provision for expenditure shall be made shall be prescribed by the Finance Ministry in consultation with the Administrative Ministry or Department. The authorised heads for a year shall be as shown in the Detailed Demands for Grants passed by Parliament โ€” no change without formal MoF approval.
  • ๐Ÿ”„The major head-wise provisions in the Detailed DFG must match with the provision made in the Demands for Grants presented by Budget Division, as appropriations are sought on the basis of Demands for Grants.
Rule 53 Acceptance and Inclusion of Estimates
  • ๐Ÿ”The estimates of receipts and expenditure of each Ministry/Department shall be scrutinised in the Budget Division, Ministry of Finance.
  • ๐ŸคSecretary (Expenditure) may hold pre-budget meetings with Secretaries or Financial Advisers of Administrative Ministries/Departments to discuss the totality of requirements.
  • ๐Ÿ“ŠThe estimates initially submitted may undergo changes as a result of scrutiny and pre-budget meetings. The final estimates arrived at on the basis of scrutiny and meetings shall be incorporated in the Budget documents.
Rule 54 Outcome Budget
  • ๐ŸŽฏAfter finalisation of budgetary allocations, the Department of Expenditure in consultation with NITI Aayog and the concerned Ministries shall prepare an Outcome Budget Statement linking outlays against each scheme/project with the outputs/deliverables and medium-term outcomes.
  • ๐Ÿ“ŠOutputs/deliverables shall be mandatorily given in measurable/quantitative terms on the basis of parameters decided in advance, based on projections in the Medium-Term Expenditure Framework (MTEF) Statement.
  • ๐Ÿ”’Allocations shall be against a firm set of deliverables which shall be adhered to.
  • ๐Ÿ“ˆThe performance against specified outcomes would form the basis of deciding on the continuation of the scheme and the quantum of budget allocation.
โญ Key Concept โ€” Outcome Budget
  • ๐Ÿ’กThe Outcome Budget is a shift from input-based budgeting to results-based budgeting. It connects money spent (outlays) to what is actually achieved (outcomes). Poor performance = reduced future allocation.
Rule 55 Vote on Account
  • โฐIf the Appropriation Bill is likely to be passed after the start of the financial year to which it corresponds, the Finance Ministry may obtain a 'Vote on Account' to cover expenditure for a brief period โ€” in accordance with the provisions of Article 116 of the Constitution.
โš ๏ธ Restriction: Funds made available under Vote on Account are not to be utilised for expenditure on a 'New Service'. Vote on Account is only for meeting routine, ongoing expenditure pending passage of the full Budget.
Rule 56 Communication and Distribution of Grants and Appropriations
  • ๐Ÿ“คAfter the Appropriation Bill relating to the Budget is passed, the Ministry of Finance shall communicate the grants and appropriations to the Ministries/Departments.
  • ๐Ÿ”„Ministries/Departments shall in turn distribute the same to their subordinate formations.
  • ๐Ÿ“ขThe distribution made shall also be communicated to the respective Pay and Accounts Officers, who shall exercise check against the allocation to each subordinate authority.
๐Ÿ“Œ Flow of Grant Communication
  • โžก๏ธAppropriation Bill passed โ†’ MoF โ†’ Ministry/Dept โ†’ Subordinate formations โ†’ PAOs informed
Section II โ€” Control of Expenditure Against Budget (Rules 57โ€“70)
Rule 57 Responsibility for Control of Expenditure (8 Sub-rules)
Sub-rule (1) โ€” Who is Responsible
  • ๐Ÿ›๏ธThe Departments of the Central Government shall be responsible for the control of expenditure against the sanctioned grants and appropriations placed at their disposal.
  • ๐Ÿ”—Control shall be exercised through Heads of Departments, other Controlling Officers, and Disbursing Officers subordinate to them.
Sub-rule (2) โ€” Grant Usable Only Within the Financial Year
  • ๐Ÿ“…A Grant or Appropriation can be utilised only to cover charges to be paid during the financial year of the Grant or Appropriation and adjusted in the account of the year.
  • โ›”No charges against a Grant or Appropriation can be authorised after the expiry of the financial year.
Sub-rule (3) โ€” No Excess Without Supplementary Grant or CF Advance
โš ๏ธ No expenditure shall be incurred which may have the effect of exceeding the total grant or appropriation authorised by Parliament, except after obtaining a Supplementary Grant or Appropriation or an advance from the Contingency Fund. Since voted and charged portions โ€” and revenue and capital sections โ€” of a Grant are distinct, re-appropriation between them is not permissible. An excess in any portion is treated as an excess in the whole Grant.
Sub-rule (4) โ€” Procedure for DDOs and Controlling Officers
โš ๏ธ GFR Forms Used in Expenditure Control
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Form GFR 5 โ€” Allocation register maintained by DDOs (minor/sub-head wise); entries sent to HoD by 3rd of each month.
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Form GFR 6 โ€” Broadsheet maintained by Controlling Officer to monitor receipt of DDO returns.
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Form GFR 7 โ€” Monthly compiled statement prepared by Controlling Officer (totals from DDOs + his own registers + adjustments from Accounts Officer).
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Form GFR 8 โ€” Consolidated account prepared by HoD showing complete expenditure up to end of preceding month.
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒDDO's key duties on bills: (a) Prepare charged and voted bills separately; (b) Enter complete accounts classification from major head to object head; (c) Enter progressive total of expenditure up to date on each bill.
  • ๐Ÿ“…Returns from DDOs due to HoD by 3rd of each month. If no entries, a 'Nil' statement must still be sent.
Sub-rule (5) โ€” Monthly Reconciliation: DDO โ†” PAO
  • ๐Ÿ”„The Head of the Department and the Accounts Officer shall be jointly responsible for the monthly reconciliation of departmental figures with those in the Accounts Officer's books.
  • ๐Ÿ“‹DDOs shall maintain a Bill Register in Form TR 28-A and note all bills presented to the PAO.
  • ๐Ÿ“…DDO shall furnish a certificate of agreement to the PAO by the last day of the month following the month of accounts.
  • ๐Ÿ“ŠHoD shall furnish a quarterly certificate to the Principal Accounts Officer certifying correctness of figures for the quarter โ€” by the 15th of the second month following the end of each quarter. โ— Exam point
Sub-rule (6) โ€” Departmental Figures to be Submitted to Ministry
  • ๐Ÿ“…Departments shall obtain Form GFR 8 figures from HoDs by the 15th of the month following the month to which the returns relate.
  • โš ๏ธIf Accounts Office figures are found to be higher than departmental figures, the Accounts Office figures shall be assumed to be correct โ€” as appropriation accounts are prepared on that basis.
Sub-rule (7) โ€” Physical Progress Statements
  • ๐Ÿ“ˆDepartments shall also obtain statements showing physical progress of the schemes โ€” name of scheme, Budget provision, progressive expenditure, progress in physical terms, and detailed reasons for shortfalls or excess against both physical and financial targets.
Sub-rule (8) โ€” Broadsheet in Form GFR 9
  • ๐Ÿ“‹A Broadsheet in Form GFR 9 shall be maintained by the Departments of Central Government or each HoD to watch the prompt receipt of various returns and to rectify any defaults.
Rule 58 Liability Register for Expenditure Control
  • ๐Ÿ“‹In order to maintain proper control over expenditure, a Controlling Officer shall obtain from the spending authorities liability statements in Form GFR 3-A every month, starting from the month of October in each financial year. โญ From October
  • ๐Ÿ“’The Controlling Officer shall also maintain a Liability Register in Form GFR 3.
๐Ÿ“Œ Why From October?
  • ๐Ÿ’กOctober marks the mid-point of the financial year. Liability monitoring from October allows the Controlling Officer to identify impending excesses or savings with enough time to take corrective action (re-appropriation, surrender or seeking supplementary grants) before the close of the year on 31st March.
Rule 59 Estimating Savings or Excesses โ€” Personal Attention of HoD/CO
  • ๐Ÿ‘คA Head of Department or Controlling Officer shall be in a position to estimate the likelihood of savings or excesses every month and to regularise them in accordance with the instructions laid down in Rule 62.
Rule 60 Disproportionate Expenditure โ€” Report by Accounts Officer
  • โš ๏ธThe Accounts Officer shall report to the Head of the Department immediately on the first appearance of any disproportionate expenditure, particularly in respect of recurring items of expenditure under any grant, appropriation, or a primary unit thereof.
  • ๐Ÿ”‘However, the authority administering a grant/appropriation is ultimately responsible for the control of expenditure โ€” not the Accounts Officer.
โš ๏ธ Key Distinction: The Accounts Officer's role is advisory and early-warning. Ultimate accountability rests with the spending Ministry/Department. An officer cannot shift blame for excess expenditure to the Accounts Officer for failing to warn earlier.
Rule 61 Excess Expenditure
  • 1๏ธโƒฃThe Accounts Officer shall not allow any payment against sanctions in excess of the Budget provisions unless there is specific approval of the Chief Accounting Authority.
  • 2๏ธโƒฃThe Financial Advisers and Chief Accounting Authority, before according concurrence for excess under any Head, shall ensure availability of funds through Re-appropriation or Supplementary Demands for Grants.
Rule 62 Surrender of Savings
Sub-rule (1) โ€” Surrender to Finance Ministry
  • ๐Ÿ“คDepartments shall surrender to the Finance Ministry, by the prescribed dates, all anticipated savings noticed in the Grants or Appropriations controlled by them.
  • โฐFunds provided during the financial year and not utilised before the close of that financial year shall stand lapsed at the close of the year.
Sub-rule (2) โ€” Surrender Immediately on Foresight
  • โšกSavings shall be surrendered immediately when foreseen โ€” without waiting till the end of the year.
  • โ›”No savings shall be held in reserve for possible future excesses.
Sub-rule (3) โ€” Rush of Expenditure in Closing Months
โš ๏ธ Rush of expenditure, particularly in the closing months of the Financial Year, shall be regarded as a breach of financial propriety and shall be avoided. Financial Advisers shall ensure adherence to the Monthly Expenditure Plan and guidelines issued by Budget Division, DEA.
Sub-rule (4) โ€” Quarterly Expenditure Plan
  • ๐Ÿ“ŠThe Financial Advisers of Ministries/Departments shall ensure adherence to the Quarterly Expenditure Plan and guidelines issued by Ministry of Finance from time to time.
Rule 63 Expenditure on New Service
  • โ›”No expenditure shall be incurred during a financial year on a "New Service" not contemplated in the Annual Budget for the year โ€” except after obtaining a Supplementary Grant or Appropriation or an advance from the Contingency Fund during that year.
๐Ÿ“Œ What is a "New Service"?
  • ๐Ÿ’กGuidelines to determine cases of "New Service" / "New Instrument of Service" are contained in Annexure-1 to Appendix-3 of GFR 2017. The key principle is that Parliament must authorise all new expenditure โ€” the Executive cannot spend on something Parliament has not approved in the Budget.
Rule 64 Additional Allotment for Excess Expenditure
Sub-rule (1) โ€” Responsibility of Subordinate Authority
  • ๐Ÿ‘คA subordinate authority incurring expenditure is responsible for ensuring the allotment at its disposal is not exceeded.
  • โœ…Where any excess is apprehended, the subordinate authority shall obtain additional allotment before incurring the excess expenditure.
  • ๐Ÿ“’For this purpose, authorities incurring expenditure shall maintain a Liability Register in Form GFR 3.
Sub-rule (2) โ€” Disbursing Officer Cannot Self-Authorise Excess
  • โ›”A Disbursing Officer may not, on his own authority, authorise any payment in excess of the funds placed at his disposal.
  • ๐Ÿ”„If faced with a claim certain to produce an excess, he shall take the orders of the administrative authority to which he is subordinate, who shall then arrange โ€” Re-appropriation, or Supplementary Grant/Appropriation, or advance from the Contingency Fund.
Rule 65 Re-appropriation of Funds
Sub-rule (1) โ€” When Permissible
  • ๐Ÿ”„Re-appropriation of funds from one primary unit of appropriation to another within a grant or appropriation may be sanctioned by a competent authority at any time before the close of the financial year โ€” subject to DFPR Rule 10 and restrictions imposed by Finance Ministry.
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒThe primary unit = final unit of appropriation = Object Head of Account.
Sub-rule (2) โ€” Only from Units with Surplus
  • โœ…Re-appropriation shall be made only when it is known or anticipated that the appropriation for the unit from which funds are transferred shall not be utilised in full.
Sub-rule (3) โ€” No Artificial Diversion
  • โ›”Funds shall not be re-appropriated with the intention of restoring the diverted appropriation when savings become available under other units later in the year. No manipulation allowed.
Sub-rule (4) โ€” Form and Documentation
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Application for re-appropriation ordinarily supported by a statement in Form GFR 1.
  • ๐Ÿ“In all orders sanctioning re-appropriation, reasons for saving and excess of โ‚น1 lakh or over and the primary units affected shall be invariably stated. โ— โ‚น1 lakh threshold
  • ๐Ÿ“ฌThe authority sanctioning the re-appropriation shall endorse a copy of the order to the Accounts Officer.
Rule 66 Supplementary Grants
  • ๐Ÿ›๏ธIf savings are not available within the Grant to which the payment is required to be debited, or if the expenditure is on a "New Service" or "New Instrument of Service" not provided in the budget, a necessary Supplementary Grant or Appropriation in accordance with Article 115(1) of the Constitution shall be obtained before payment is authorised.
Rule 67 Advance from Contingency Fund
Sub-rule (1) โ€” When Required
  • โšกWhen a need arises to incur unforeseen expenditure in excess of the sanctioned grant or appropriation, or on a New Service not provided in Budget, and there is not sufficient time for voting of Supplementary Demand before close of the financial year โ€” an advance from the Contingency Fund set up under Article 267(1) of the Constitution shall be obtained before incurring the expenditure.
Sub-rule (2) โ€” Excess over Vote on Account
  • ๐Ÿ“‹An advance from the Contingency Fund shall also be obtained to meet expenditure in excess of the provisions for the service included in an Appropriation (Vote on Account) Act.
Sub-rule (4) โ€” Governing Rules
  • ๐Ÿ“œThe procedure for obtaining an advance and recoupment of the Fund shall be as laid down in the Contingency Fund of India (Amendment) Rules, 2021 (placed at Appendix-6).
โญ Supplementary Grant vs Contingency Fund Advance
  • ๐Ÿ›๏ธSupplementary Grant (R.66): Voted by Parliament ยท Used when time permits ยท Permanent authorisation
  • โšกCF Advance (R.67): No time for Supplementary demand ยท President's discretion ยท Must be recouped (replaced) by Supplementary Grant subsequently
Rule 68 Inevitable Payments
  • ๐Ÿ’ฐSubject to the provisions of Article 114(3) of the Constitution, money indisputably payable by Government shall not ordinarily be left unpaid.
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Suitable provision for anticipated liabilities shall invariably be made in Demands for Grants to be placed before Parliament.
Rule 69 Pre-check of Bills โ€” Reference to Appendix 10
  • ๐Ÿ“ŽFor easy reference, an extract relating to the procedures followed in the Accounts Office for check against provision of funds as a part of pre-check of bills has been placed at Appendix 10.
Rule 70 Duties and Responsibilities of the Chief Accounting Authority

The Secretary of a Ministry/Department, who is the Chief Accounting Authority (CAA), shall be responsible for all of the following nine duties:

  • 1๏ธโƒฃFinancial Management: Be responsible and accountable for the financial management of his Ministry or Department.
  • 2๏ธโƒฃProper Use of Funds: Ensure that public funds appropriated to the Ministry/Department are used for the purpose for which they were meant.
  • 3๏ธโƒฃEffective, Efficient, Economical and Transparent Use: Be responsible for such use of resources in achieving the stated project objectives, whilst complying with performance standards.
  • 4๏ธโƒฃParliament: Appear before the Committee on Public Accounts (PAC) and any other Parliamentary Committee for examination.
  • 5๏ธโƒฃPerformance Monitoring: Review and monitor regularly the performance of programmes and projects assigned to his Ministry to determine whether stated objectives are achieved.
  • 6๏ธโƒฃExpenditure Statements: Be responsible for preparation of expenditure and other statements relating to his Ministry/Department as required by regulations, guidelines or directives issued by MoF.
  • 7๏ธโƒฃInternal Controls: Ensure that his Ministry/Department maintains full and proper records of financial transactions and adopts systems and procedures that shall at all times afford internal controls.
  • 8๏ธโƒฃProcurement Procedures: Ensure that his Ministry/Department follows Government procurement procedure for execution of works, services and supplies, and implements it in a fair, equitable, transparent, competitive and cost-effective manner.
  • 9๏ธโƒฃCollections and Avoiding Waste: Take effective steps to ensure his Ministry/Department: (a) collects all moneys due to the Government; and (b) avoids unauthorised, irregular and wasteful expenditure.
โญ Quick Recall โ€” CAA's 9 Duties
  • ๐Ÿ“Financial Mgmt ยท Proper Use ยท 4E Use ยท PAC ยท Performance ยท Statements ยท Internal Controls ยท Procurement ยท Collections & No Waste
  • โš ๏ธThe CAA is the Secretary of the Ministry โ€” not the Financial Adviser. This is a frequently tested distinction.
โญ Numbers to Remember โ€” Chapter 3
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒArt. 112โ€“116 โ€” Constitutional provisions governing the Budget
  • ๐Ÿ“Œ2017-18 โ€” Year from which Railway Budget merged with General Budget (R.43)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒPast 3 years actuals โ€” required in Receipt Estimates (R.45)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒEvery 3 years โ€” User charges to be reviewed at least (R.47)
  • ๐Ÿ“Œ3rd of each month โ€” DDOs send Form GFR 5 returns to HoD (R.57)
  • ๐Ÿ“Œ15th of month following โ€” Departments obtain GFR 8 returns from HoDs (R.57)
  • ๐Ÿ“Œ15th of 2nd month after quarter end โ€” HoD furnishes quarterly certificate to PAO (R.57)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒFrom October โ€” Controlling Officer starts collecting monthly liability statements (R.58)
  • ๐Ÿ“Œโ‚น1 lakh โ€” threshold above which reasons for saving/excess to be stated in re-appropriation orders (R.65)
  • ๐Ÿ“Œ9 duties โ€” of the Chief Accounting Authority (Secretary of Ministry) under Rule 70
Chapter 4
Government Accounts
Rules 71 to 129  ยท  Accounts Preparation ยท Classification ยท PFMS ยท DBT ยท Annual Accounts ยท Capital & Revenue ยท Adjustments
Rules at a Glance โ€” Eight Sections
Rule No.Rule Title / SectionKey Point
I. PREPARATION AND FORM OF ACCOUNTS (Rules 71โ€“87)
Rule 71Preparation and Presentation of AccountsPrepared by CGA ยท Certified by CAG ยท Submitted to President (preferably within 6 months of close of FY) ยท Laid before each House of Parliament
Rule 72Form of AccountsArt.150 โ€” in form President prescribes on advice of CAG ยท CGA prescribes form of accounts of Union and States
Rule 73Principles of AccountingGoverned by Government Accounting Rules 1990 ยท Accounting Rules for Treasuries ยท Account Code Volume-III
Rule 74Cash-Based AccountingAccounts prepared on cash basis ยท Transactions = actual cash receipts and disbursements during FY (not amounts due)
Rule 75Period of AccountsFinancial year: 1st April to 31st March
Rule 76Currency of AccountsMaintained in Indian Rupees ยท Foreign currency and foreign aid converted to INR before accounting
Rule 77Main Divisions of Accounts โ€” Three PartsPart I: Consolidated Fund (Revenue + Capital divisions) ยท Part II: Contingency Fund (Art.267) โ€” single Major Head ยท Part III: Public Account (debt, reserves, deposits, advances, suspense, remittances, cash balances)
Rule 78Classification of Transactions โ€” Six TiersFunction/programme/activity based ยท Major Head โ†’ Sub-Major โ†’ Minor โ†’ Sub-Head โ†’ Detailed โ†’ Object Head ยท 15-digit numeric code
Rule 79Authority to Open New Head of AccountCGA โ€” authorised to open Major/Minor Heads on CAG's advice under Art.150 ยท Ministries open Sub/Detailed Heads with Budget Division concurrence ยท Object Heads โ€” DoE on CAG's advice
Rule 80Budget Heads to Conform to Classification RulesBudget heads in estimates and appropriation orders must conform to prescribed classification rules
Rule 81Responsibility of Departmental OfficersEvery officer responsible for collection/expenditure must maintain proper accounts and render all returns promptly
Rule 82Classification on Bills and ChallansDrawing Officers must record suitable classification on all bills drawn ยท Departmental Officers record classification on challans ยท Doubts โ†’ Principal Accounts Officer โ†’ CGA/MoF
Rule 83Charged or Voted ExpenditureArt.112(3) โ€” Charged expenditure: not subject to vote of legislature ยท All other = Voted expenditure ยท Both shown separately in accounts and Budget
Rule 84Capital or Revenue Expenditure (Definition)Capital: acquiring tangible permanent assets / enhancing utility ยท Revenue: maintenance, upkeep, working expenses, day-to-day running, establishment ยท Both shown separately
Rule 85Banking ArrangementsRBI is banker to Government ยท RBI (in consultation with CGA) nominates Accredited Bank for each Ministry/Dept ยท Pay & Accounts Offices and CDDOs have assignment accounts ยท Tax revenues collected by RBI
Rule 86Public Financial Management System (PFMS)Integrated FMS of CGA ยท Used for sanction, bills, payment, receipts, DBT, fund flow, financial reporting ยท All grant-in-aid implementing agencies registered on PFMS ยท Payments 'just-in-time' ยท DDG uploaded at start of FY ยท Re-appropriation/surrender orders through PFMS ยท UCs submitted on PFMS
Rule 87Direct Benefit Transfer (DBT)Benefits directly to beneficiaries via ICT ยท Includes in-kind and cash transfers + honorariums to community workers ยท Three routes: (a) directly from Ministry (b) State Treasury (c) Implementing Agency ยท Electronic UCs (E-UCs) generated on PFMS portal ยท Transaction charges paid as stipulated by MoF
II. ANNUAL ACCOUNTS (Rules 88โ€“91)
Rule 88Appropriation AccountsPrepared by Principal Accounts Officers ยท Signed by CAA (Secretary) ยท Consolidated by CGA ยท Defence: Secretary, MoD ยท Railways: Chairman, Railway Board ยท Posts: Secretary, Dept of Posts
Rule 89Finance AccountsAnnual receipts, disbursements and balances ยท Prepared and signed by CGA ยท Countersigned by Secretary (Expenditure), MoF ยท Includes Posts, Defence, Railways, UT Govt transactions
Rule 90Presentation of Annual AccountsPrepared on dates agreed with CAG ยท Sent to CAG for certification ยท CAG submits certified accounts + reports to President under S.11 of CAG Act 1971 and Art.151(1)
Rule 91PPP / PSC / JV DisclosureAdmin Ministry financial stakes in PPP/PSC/JV/Subsidiary companies to be disclosed in Annual Report
III. PROFORMA ACCOUNTS (Rules 92โ€“95)
Rule 92โ€“95Subsidiary Accounts โ€” Commercial DeptsCommercial/quasi-commercial Govt Depts maintain proforma accounts (Manufacturing, Trading, P&L, Balance Sheet) ยท Methods regulated by Govt orders ยท Head of unit ensures cost accounts are accurate ยท Submitted to Accounts Officer and appended to Appropriation Accounts
IV. PERSONAL DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS (Rules 96โ€“97)
Rule 96Personal Deposit Account โ€” ConceptDevice to facilitate designated officer to credit and withdraw directly from account ยท No minus balance allowed ยท Only Govt officers in official capacity can be Designated Officer
Rule 97Authority to Open PD Account โ€” 5 TypesAuthorised by Ministry/Dept special order in consultation with CGA ยท Forms part of Public Account ยท 5 types: wards/attached estates ยท Civil/Criminal Courts deposits ยท Regulatory receipts under statute ยท Law-mandated PD accounts ยท Defence public funds
V. CAPITAL AND REVENUE ACCOUNTS (Rules 98โ€“103)
Rule 98Capital Expenditure (Detailed Definition)Tangible permanent assets / enhancing utility = Capital ยท Maintenance, upkeep, establishment = Revenue ยท Temporary asset / grants-in-aid: not Capital unless President authorises on CAG's advice ยท Capital met from capital receipts generally; may be from ordinary revenue if sufficient
Rule 99Principles for Allocation between Capital and Revenue (5 principles)(a) Capital bears first construction, equipment, intermediate maintenance, improvements enhancing asset life ยท (b) Revenue bears maintenance, working expenses, renewals ยท (c) Renewal/replacement: Revenue pays or funds adequate replacement of depreciation; genuine improvements to Capital ยท (d) Extraordinary calamities: Capital or Revenue or divided, depending on whether new asset created or existing restored ยท (e) Temporary asset โ†’ not Capital except with President's sanction on CAG's advice
Rule 100Allocation on Capital SchemesDetermined by Govt orders after consultation with CAG, where separate Capital and Revenue Accounts kept
Rule 101Capital Receipts during ConstructionCapital receipts accruing during construction โ†’ utilised in reduction of capital expenditure ยท Not credited to revenue account except under special order
Rule 102Receipts Representing Recoveries of Capital ExpenditureReceipts representing recoveries of expenditure previously debited to a Capital Major Head โ†’ taken in reduction of expenditure under that Major Head
Rule 103Conversion of Loans into Equity / Grants-in-AidParliament approval required via token provision in DFG or Supplementary DFG ยท After approval, balances corrected proforma under Loan/Capital Major Heads
VI. INTEREST ON CAPITAL (Rules 104โ€“107)
Rule 104Interest Rate on CapitalCharged in accounts of all Commercial Depts for which separate capital and revenue accounts are maintained ยท Rates prescribed by Govt from time to time
Rule 105Interest on Capital OutlaySpecific loans: at rate prescribed by Govt based on actual interest paid on that loan ยท Other capital outlay: at rate determined each year by DEA, MoF
Rule 106Method of Calculation of InterestCalculated on direct capital outlay at end of previous year + half the outlay of current year
Rule 107Writing Back of Capitalised InterestCapitalised interest during construction โ†’ first charge on any capital receipts or surplus revenue from project when opened for working
VII. ADJUSTMENTS WITH GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS (Rules 108โ€“122)
Rule 108Adjustments with State GovernmentsMutually agreed basis ยท 7 specific matters regulated by Appendix-5 to GAR 1990 (binding on all States)
Rule 109Re-audit Period3 years accepted for re-audit of past transactions involving errors in classification
Rule 110When Adjustment Is NecessaryMandatory when a commercial/store dept is involved, or when an adjustment would have been made if the transaction were between two Central Govt depts
Rule 111Petty Claims Not to Be PreferredCentral Govt and State Govts have agreed not to prefer petty and isolated claims not exceeding โ‚น10,000 against one another
Rule 112Criteria for Reciprocal ArrangementClaim must be both petty AND occasional ยท Covers services rendered (not supplies) ยท Excludes Railway, Posts, Electrical undertakings (commercial) ยท Doubts โ†’ mutual consultation
Rule 113Projects Jointly Executed by StatesExpenditure incurred by one Govt and shared by others โ†’ recoveries from other Govts = abatement of charges under relevant expenditure head
Rule 114โ€“116Agency Functions under Art.258Claims of States for extra cost of agency functions ยท Extra staff/contingency cost: reimbursed in lumpsum ยท Work entrusted (construction/maintenance): adjusted direct in Central accounts under relevant Head ยท โ‰คโ‚น50,000 per item per year: 5-year contract offered to State ยท >โ‚น50,000: annual statement required
Rule 117Closure of Inter-Governmental AdjustmentsCarried out up to 10th April (or date specified by CGA in consultation with RBI) โ€” date on which RBI books are closed for March
Rule 118โ€“122Adjustments with Foreign Govts and Non-Govt BodiesServices to foreign Govts/non-Govt bodies โ†’ only on payment unless exempted ยท Recoveries for services rendered = receipts of Govt ยท Govt as agent: entire cost recovered (net cost to Govt = nil) ยท Relief to outside body โ†’ through grant-in-aid, not remission of dues
VIII. INTER-DEPARTMENTAL ADJUSTMENTS (Rules 123โ€“129)
Rule 123Inter-Departmental AdjustmentsService Dept shall NOT charge other depts for services within its normal functions ยท Commercial Dept SHALL charge and be charged for supplies/services
Rule 124Service vs Commercial DepartmentsService Depts: inseparable from Govt functions (Police, Jails, Defence, Medical, etc.) ยท Commercial Depts: render services on payment, work to a financial result under commercial accounts
Rule 125Period for Preferment of ClaimsClaims between Depts: within same FY and not beyond 3 years from date of transaction ยท Waivable by mutual agreement
Rule 126โ€“127Settlement ProcedureRegulated by Ch.4 of GAR 1990 ยท Adjustments in account year ยท Recurring payments โ†’ Accounts Officer adjusts automatically before books close ยท Service dept recoveries = deduction from gross expenditure ยท Commercial dept recoveries = receipts of that dept
Rule 128โ€“129Pensionary Charges โ€” Commercial DeptsCommercial depts with proforma accounts: contribution basis at rates fixed by Govt ยท Without proforma accounts: included in overhead charges ยท Railways/Posts/Defence treated as separate Govts for pension adjustment ยท Declared commercial depts: average of percentage for 15th year of service
Section I โ€” Preparation, Form and Classification of Accounts (Rules 71โ€“87)
Rule 71Preparation and Presentation of Accounts
  • ๐Ÿ“’Accounts of the Union Government shall be prepared every year showing receipts and disbursements, surplus or deficit, and changes in Government liabilities and assets.
  • ๐Ÿ›๏ธAccounts shall be prepared by the Controller General of Accounts (CGA), certified by the Comptroller and Auditor General of India (CAG), and submitted to the President of India preferably within six months of close of the Financial Year. โ— 6 months
  • ๐Ÿ“œThe President shall cause them to be laid before each House of Parliament.
Rule 72Form of Accounts โ€” Article 150
  • โš–๏ธBy virtue of Article 150 of the Constitution, the accounts of the Union Government shall be kept in such form as the President may, on the advice of the CAG, prescribe.
  • ๐Ÿ›๏ธThe Controller General of Accounts (CGA), Ministry of Finance (DoE) is responsible for prescribing the form of accounts of the Union and States, and to frame or revise rules and manuals relating thereto on behalf of the President โ€” on the advice of the CAG.
Rule 73Principles of Accounting โ€” Governing Documents
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Main principles for maintenance of Government accounts are contained in:
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒGovernment Accounting Rules, 1990
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒAccounting Rules for Treasuries
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒAccount Code Volume-III
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒDetailed rules for technical departments (Posts, etc.) are in their respective Accounts Manuals or departmental regulations.
Rule 74Cash-Based Accounting
  • ๐Ÿ’ฐGovernment accounts shall be prepared on cash basis.
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒTransactions in Government accounts shall represent actual cash receipts and disbursements during a financial year โ€” as distinguished from amounts due to or by Government during the same period.
  • โœ…Exception: such book adjustments as may be authorised by Government Accounting Rules 1990 or by general/special order of the Central Government on the advice of the CAG.
Rule 75Period of Accounts
  • ๐Ÿ“…The annual accounts of the Central Government shall record transactions which take place during a financial year running from 1st April to 31st March.
Rule 76Currency in which Accounts Are Kept
  • ๐Ÿ’ฑThe accounts of Government shall be maintained in Indian Rupees.
  • ๐Ÿ”„All foreign currency transactions and foreign aid shall be brought into account after conversion into Indian Rupees.
Rule 77Main Divisions and Structure of Accounts โ€” Three Parts
๐Ÿ“Œ Three Parts of Government Accounts
PartNameContents
Part IConsolidated FundRevenue Division (Receipt + Expenditure heads) and Capital Division (Receipt + Expenditure + Public Debt/Loans/Advances) ยท Divided into sectors: General Services, Social & Community Services, Economic Services, etc. โ†’ Major Heads โ†’ Sub-Major Heads
Part IIContingency FundTransactions under Art.267 CF (or S.48 of Govt of UT Act 1963) ยท Single Major Head โ†’ followed by Minor, Sub and/or Detailed Heads
Part IIIPublic AccountDebt (other than in Part I) ยท Reserve funds ยท Deposits ยท Advances ยท Suspense ยท Remittances ยท Cash balances
Rule 78Classification of Transactions โ€” Six Tiers and 15-Digit Code
๐Ÿ“Œ Six-Tier Classification Structure
TierHeadRepresents
1Major Head (incl. Sub-Major)Function of Government
2Minor HeadProgramme to achieve the function
3Sub-HeadScheme
4Detailed HeadSub-scheme
5Object HeadPrimary unit of appropriation โ€” economic nature of expenditure (salaries, office expenses, TA, professional services, grants-in-aid, etc.)
The above six tiers are represented by a unique 15-digit numeric code
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒClassification shall have closer reference to functions, programmes and activities of the Government and the object of revenue or expenditure, rather than the department where it occurs.
Rule 79Authority to Open a New Head of Account
  • ๐Ÿ›๏ธNew Major/Minor Heads โ€” authorised by CGA (MoF, DoE) on the advice of the CAG under Art.150 powers.
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Sub-Heads and Detailed Heads โ€” opened by Ministries/Departments in consultation with the Budget Division, MoF. Principal Accounts Offices may open Sub/Detailed Heads under Minor Heads falling within the Public Account.
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒObject Heads โ€” prescribed under DFPR Rule 8. Power to amend/modify or open new Object Heads rests with DoE, MoF on the advice of the CAG.
Rule 80Conformity of Budget Heads with Classification Rules
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒBudget Heads exhibited in estimates of receipts and expenditure framed by the Government, or in any appropriation order, shall conform to the prescribed rules of classification.
Rule 81Responsibility of Departmental Officers
  • ๐Ÿ‘คEvery officer responsible for the collection of Government dues or expenditure of Government money shall see that proper accounts are maintained in the prescribed form, and tender accurately and promptly all accounts and returns as may be required by Government, Controlling Officer or Accounts Officer.
Rule 82Classification to Be Recorded on All Bills and Challans
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Drawing Officers shall record suitable classification on all bills drawn by them.
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Departmental Officers responsible for collection shall indicate or record classification on challans crediting Government money into the Bank.
  • โ“In cases of doubt regarding the correct Head, the matter shall be referred to the Principal Accounts Officer โ†’ CGA/MoF for clarification.
Rule 83Charged or Voted Expenditure
  • โš–๏ธExpenditure covered under Article 112(3) of the Constitution is Charged on the Consolidated Fund and is not subject to vote by the legislature.
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒAll other expenditure met out of the Consolidated Fund is treated as Voted expenditure.
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Charged or Voted expenditure shall be shown separately both in the accounts and in the Budget documents.
Rule 84Capital or Revenue Expenditure โ€” Definitions
  • ๐Ÿ—๏ธCapital Expenditure: Significant expenditure incurred with the object of acquiring tangible assets of a permanent nature (for use in the organisation and not for sale) or enhancing the utility of existing assets.
  • ๐Ÿ”งRevenue Expenditure: Subsequent charges on maintenance, repair, upkeep and working expenses required to maintain assets in running order + all expenses for day-to-day running of the organisation including establishment and administrative expenses.
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Capital and Revenue expenditure shall be shown separately in the Accounts.
Rule 85Banking Arrangements โ€” RBI as Banker to Government
  • ๐ŸฆThe Reserve Bank of India (RBI) shall be the banker to the Government. It shall maintain cash balance of the Government and provide banking facilities either directly through its own offices or through its agent banks.
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒRBI, in consultation with the CGA, shall nominate a bank to function as the Accredited Bank of a Ministry or Department.
  • ๐Ÿ’ณPay & Accounts Offices and Cheque Drawing and Disbursing Officers (CDDOs) shall have assignment accounts with the identified branches of the Accredited Bank. All payments shall be made through these branches.
  • ๐Ÿ’ฐTax revenues of the Government shall be collected by the RBI through its own offices or through nominated branches of its agent banks.
Rule 86Public Financial Management System (PFMS)
๐Ÿ“Œ PFMS โ€” Six Key Mandates
  • 1๏ธโƒฃPFMS, the integrated Financial Management System of CGA, GoI, shall be used for sanction preparation, bill processing, payment, receipt management, DBT, fund flow management and financial reporting.
  • 2๏ธโƒฃAll Ministries sanctioning grant-in-aid shall register all implementing agencies till the last level of implementation on PFMS to track fund flow and unspent balances.
  • 3๏ธโƒฃAll payments shall, to the extent possible, be released 'just-in-time' by the Ministries through PFMS.
  • 4๏ธโƒฃDetailed Demands for Grants (DDG), as approved, must be uploaded on PFMS at the start of each Financial Year.
  • 5๏ธโƒฃAll re-appropriation orders and surrender orders shall be generated through the PFMS system.
  • 6๏ธโƒฃAll grantee institutions shall submit Utilisation Certificates (UCs) on PFMS.
Rule 87Direct Benefit Transfer (DBT)
  • ๐ŸŽฏSub-rule (1): Transfer of benefits shall be done directly to beneficiaries using Information and Communication Technology (ICT). Process reengineering to minimise intermediary levels, reduce delays, and minimise pilferage and duplication.
  • ๐Ÿ“ฆSub-rule (2): DBT includes in-kind and cash transfers to beneficiaries, as well as transfers/honorariums given to community workers and other enablers of Government schemes.
  • ๐Ÿ”„Sub-rule (3): Three routes for cash benefits:
    • ๐Ÿ“Œ(a) Directly from Ministries/Departments to beneficiaries
    • ๐Ÿ“Œ(b) Through State Treasury Account
    • ๐Ÿ“Œ(c) Through any Implementing Agency as appointed by Central/State Governments
  • ๐Ÿ“ฆSub-rule (4): In-kind transfers to individual beneficiary/household/service provider โ€” includes schemes where in-kind benefits are given by Government or through any Implementing Agency.
  • ๐Ÿ’ปSub-rules (5) & (6): Ministries/Departments shall use PFMS platform for processing of DBT payments. Implementing Agencies shall generate Electronic Utilisation Certificates (E-UCs) on PFMS portal online โ€” to certify that money was actually utilised for the purpose sanctioned, eliminating the need for physical UCs.
  • ๐Ÿ’ฐSub-rule (7): Transaction charges for financial intermediaries facilitating DBT payments shall be paid as stipulated by Ministry of Finance.
Section II โ€” Annual Accounts (Rules 88โ€“91)
Rule 88Appropriation Accounts
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Appropriation Accounts of Central Ministries (except Railways) and Civil Departments (except Posts and Defence) shall be prepared by the Principal Accounts Officers of the respective Ministries/Departments (under guidance and supervision of CGA) and signed by the Chief Accounting Authority (Secretary).
  • ๐Ÿ“’Union Government Appropriation Accounts (Civil) submitted to Parliament shall be prepared by the CGA by consolidating the aforesaid Appropriation Accounts.
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒSpecial cases:
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒDepartment of Posts: Prepared and signed by the Secretary, Dept of Posts
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒDefence Services: Prepared and signed by the Secretary, Ministry of Defence
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒMinistry of Railways: Signed by the Chairman, Railway Board
Rule 89Finance Accounts
  • ๐Ÿ“’Annual accounts of the Government of India โ€” including transactions of Posts, Defence, Railways, and UT Governments under the Public Account โ€” showing annual receipts, disbursements and statement of balances, are called Finance Accounts.
  • โœ๏ธFinance Accounts shall be prepared and signed by the CGA and countersigned by the Secretary (Expenditure), Ministry of Finance.
Rule 90Presentation of Annual Accounts
  • ๐Ÿ“…Appropriation and Finance Accounts shall be prepared on dates mutually agreed upon with the CAG, in forms prescribed by the President on the advice of the CAG, and sent to the CAG for recording his/her certificate.
  • ๐Ÿ“œThe certified Annual Accounts and Reports shall be submitted by the CAG to the President in accordance with Section 11 of the CAG (Duties, Powers and Conditions of Service) Act, 1971 and Article 151(1) of the Constitution.
Rule 91Disclosure of Financial Stakes in PPP / JV / Subsidiary Companies
  • ๐Ÿ“ขAdministrative Ministries / PSUs / Subordinate / Statutory / Autonomous Bodies may have financial stakes in PPP / Production Sharing Contracts (PSCs) / Joint Ventures (JVs) / Subsidiary companies. Details of such financial stakes shall be disclosed in the Annual Report of the Administrative Ministry.
Sections III & IV โ€” Proforma Accounts and Personal Deposit Accounts (Rules 92โ€“97)
Rule 92Subsidiary Accounts of Commercial Government Departments
  • ๐ŸญWhere operations of certain Government Departments working on a commercial or quasi-commercial basis (e.g., industrial factory or store) cannot be suitably brought within the cash-based accounting system, the Head of the unit shall maintain subsidiary proforma accounts in commercial form, as agreed between Government and CAG.
  • ๐Ÿ“’This includes maintenance of Manufacturing, Trading, Profit & Loss Accounts and Balance Sheet.
Rules 93โ€“95Methods, Cost Accuracy and Submission of Proforma Accounts
  • ๐Ÿ“‹R.93: Methods and principles for proforma accounts shall be regulated by orders and instructions issued by Government in each case. Regular Workshops/Factories follow departmental regulations; Public Works proforma accounts prepared by Accounts Officers per Account Code for Accountants General.
  • โœ…R.94: Where commercial accounts are maintained for cost assessment, the Head of the unit shall ensure that adequate regulations are framed with Government approval to ensure the cost deduced is accurate and true.
  • ๐Ÿ“…R.95: Such accounts and statements shall be submitted to the Accounts Officer on such date as required and shall be appended to the Appropriation Accounts of each year.
Rule 96Personal Deposit Account โ€” Concept
  • ๐ŸฆA Personal Deposit (PD) Account is a device to facilitate the Designated Officer to credit receipts into and effect withdrawals directly from the account, subject to an overall check by the bank.
  • โ›”The Designated Officer shall ensure that no withdrawal will result in a minus balance.
  • ๐Ÿ‘คOnly Government officers acting in their official or any other capacity shall be the Designated Officer.
Rule 97Authority to Open Personal Deposit Account โ€” Five Types
  • ๐Ÿ›๏ธSub-rule (1): Authorised to be opened by a special order of the concerned Ministry/Department in consultation with the CGA. Every PD Account shall form part of the Government Account and be located in the Public Account.
โญ Five Types of Cases โ€” PD Accounts Authorised
  • 1๏ธโƒฃ(a) In favour of Designated Officer administering monies tendered by or on behalf of wards and attached estates under Government management
  • 2๏ธโƒฃ(b) In relation to Civil and Criminal Courts' deposits โ€” in favour of the Chief Judicial Authority concerned
  • 3๏ธโƒฃ(c) Where, under certain regulatory activities of Government, receipts are realised and credited to a Fund/Account under an Act to be utilised thereunder โ€” and no outgo from the Consolidated Fund is involved
  • 4๏ธโƒฃ(d) Where a PD Account is required to be created by a law or rules having the force of law and certain liabilities devolve on Government out of special enactments
  • 5๏ธโƒฃ(e) Officers commanding units and others concerned in the administration of public funds in the Defence Departments
Section V โ€” Capital and Revenue Accounts (Rules 98โ€“103)
Rule 98Capital Expenditure โ€” Detailed Definition and Rules
  • ๐Ÿ—๏ธCapital expenditure = significant expenditure to acquire tangible assets of a permanent nature (not for sale) or to enhance the utility of existing assets. Revenue expenditure = maintenance, repair, upkeep, working expenses and establishment/administrative costs.
  • โ›”Temporary assets and grants-in-aid cannot ordinarily be classified as Capital expenditure unless specifically authorised by the President on the advice of the CAG.
  • ๐Ÿ’ฐCapital expenditure is generally met from capital receipts (as distinguished from ordinary revenues from taxes, duties, fees, fines). However, it is open to Government to meet capital expenditure from ordinary revenues if sufficient revenue resources are available.
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Expenditure of a capital nature shall not be classed as Capital expenditure in Government Accounts unless the classification has been expressly authorised by general or special orders of Government. Must be distinguished from Revenue expenditure in both Budget Estimates and Accounts.
Rule 99Principles for Allocation between Capital and Revenue โ€” Five Principles
๐Ÿ“Œ Five Principles of Capital vs Revenue Allocation
  • ๐Ÿ…(a) Capital bears: Charges for first construction and equipment of a project ยท Intermediate maintenance while not yet opened for service ยท Improvements enhancing asset life (as sanctioned under rules of competent authority)
  • ๐Ÿ…‘(b) Revenue bears: Subsequent charges for maintenance and all working expenses ยท Expenditure on working and upkeep of the project ยท Renewals, replacements, additions or improvements of revenue nature
  • ๐Ÿ…’(c) Renewal/Replacement (mixed nature): Revenue should pay or provide a fund for adequate replacement of all wastage or depreciation of property originally provided from capital grants. Only the cost of genuine improvements enhancing asset life may be debited to Capital. Where a Depreciation/Renewals Reserve Fund is established, distribution shall guard against over-capitalisation on the one hand and excessive Fund withdrawals on the other.
  • ๐Ÿ…“(d) Extraordinary calamities (flood, fire, earthquake, enemy action, etc.): Expenditure charged to Capital, Revenue, or divided between them โ€” depending on whether new asset is created (Capital) or existing asset is merely restored (Revenue), as determined by Government.
  • ๐Ÿ…”(e) Temporary assets โ†’ not Capital expenditure except where specifically authorised by the President on the advice of the CAG.
Rule 100Allocation between Capital and Revenue on Capital Schemes
  • ๐Ÿ“‹For Capital schemes where separate Capital and Revenue Accounts are kept, allocation shall be determined in accordance with Govt orders prescribed after consultation with the CAG.
Rule 101Capital Receipts during Construction โ€” Utilised to Reduce Capital Expenditure
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒCapital receipts relating to expenditure previously debited to Capital, accruing during the process of construction, shall be utilised in reduction of capital expenditure. Thereafter they shall not be credited to the revenue account except under special rule or order of Government.
Rule 102Receipts Representing Recoveries of Capital Expenditure
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒReceipts and recoveries on Capital Account in so far as they represent recoveries of expenditure previously debited to a Capital Major Head shall be taken in reduction of expenditure under that Major Head โ€” except where rules of allocation for a particular department require them to be taken to Revenue.
Rule 103Conversion of Outstanding Loans into Equity Investments or Grants-in-Aid
  • ๐Ÿ”„Where loans outstanding against PSUs are proposed to be converted into equity investments or grants-in-aid, approval of Parliament shall be obtained by including a token provision in the relevant DFG or Supplementary DFG.
  • ๐Ÿ“’After obtaining Parliamentary approval, the balances under loans and progressive expenditure shall be corrected proforma in the relevant Accounts under the Loan/Capital Major Heads concerned.
Section VI โ€” Interest on Capital (Rules 104โ€“107)
Rule 104Interest Rate on Capital โ€” Commercial Departments
  • ๐Ÿ’ฐInterest at rates specified by Government from time to time shall be charged in the accounts of all Commercial Departments or units for which separate capital and revenue accounts are maintained within Government accounts.
Rule 105Charging Interest on Capital Outlay โ€” Two Methods
  • ๐ŸฆSub-rule (1) โ€” Specific Loans: For capital outlay met from specific loans raised by Government, interest shall be charged at a rate prescribed by Government, having regard to the rate of interest actually paid on such loans and incidental charges. Specific loans = loans raised in the open market for one specific purpose clearly specified in the prospectus.
  • ๐Ÿ’ฐSub-rule (2) โ€” Other Capital Outlay: For capital outlay provided otherwise, interest shall be charged at a rate determined each year by the Department of Economic Affairs, MoF.
Rule 106Method of Calculation of Interest on Capital
  • ๐Ÿ“Interest shall be calculated on the direct capital outlay at the end of the previous year + half the outlay of the current year itself โ€” irrespective of whether such outlay has been met from current revenues or from other sources.
Rule 107Writing Back of Capitalised Interest
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒWhen charges for interest during the process of construction are temporarily met from capital, the writing back of capitalised interest shall form the first charge on any capital receipts or surplus revenue derived from the project when opened for working.
Sections VII & VIII โ€” Adjustments with Govts, Departments and Inter-Departmental (Rules 108โ€“129)
Rule 108Adjustments with State Governments โ€” Seven Specific Matters
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒAdjustments with State Governments shall be made as mutually agreed between the Central and State Government concerned, unless otherwise provided by the Constitution or law.
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Seven specific matters are regulated by Appendix-5 to the Government Accounting Rules, 1990 (binding on all State Governments):
    • 1๏ธโƒฃPay and Allowances (other than Leave Salaries)
    • 2๏ธโƒฃLeave Salaries
    • 3๏ธโƒฃPensions
    • 4๏ธโƒฃExpenditure involved in Audit and keeping Accounts
    • 5๏ธโƒฃCost of Police functions on Railways including cost of protecting Railway Bridges
    • 6๏ธโƒฃCost of Forest Surveys by Survey of India and Forest maps prepared by that Department
    • 7๏ธโƒฃLeave Salary and Pension Contributions recovered in respect of Government servants lent on Foreign Service
Rule 109Re-audit โ€” Three Year Period
  • ๐Ÿ“…As a convention, a period of three years has been accepted by Central and State Governments for the re-audit of past transactions involving errors in classification. โ— 3 years
Rule 110When Adjustment with State Govt is Necessary
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒAdjustment shall always be made unless otherwise agreed upon, if:
    • (a)A commercial department or undertaking or a regularly organised store department is concerned, or
    • (b)Under the operation of any rule or order, an adjustment would have been made if the particular transaction with State Government were a transaction between two departments of the Central Government
Rule 111Petty and Isolated Claims โ€” Not to Be Preferred
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒThe Central Government (including Union Territories) and the State Governments have agreed under reciprocal arrangements not to prefer petty and isolated claims for an amount not exceeding โ‚น10,000 against one another. โ— โ‚น10,000
Rule 112Criteria for Reciprocal Arrangement
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒFor a claim to be covered by the reciprocal arrangement, it must be:
    • โœ…Both petty AND of an occasional character
    • โœ…Cover services rendered โ€” not supplies (unless the latter forms part of the service)
  • โ›”Claims relating to Commercial undertakings (Railways, Posts, Electrical undertakings, etc.) shall fall outside the purview and continue to be settled as hitherto.
  • ๐Ÿ“…Arrangement remains in force without any time limit in respect of all State Governments.
Rule 113Projects Jointly Executed by Several State Governments
  • ๐Ÿ—๏ธWhere expenditure is to be shared by several participating Governments in agreed proportions but incurred ab-initio by one Government, recoveries from other Governments shall be exhibited as abatement of charges under the relevant expenditure Head of Account in the books of the Government incurring the expenditure initially.
Rules 114โ€“116Agency Functions under Article 258 โ€” Claims of State Governments
  • ๐Ÿ“‹R.114: Claims of State Governments for extra cost of agency functions under Article 258 shall be dealt with and settled in accordance with such directions as may be issued by the President.
  • ๐ŸญR.115 โ€” Key principles:
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒState Commercial Department engaged โ†’ may charge its normal commercial costs
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒPWD agency costs โ†’ percentage charges on cost of Central Works as agreed between Centre and State
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒCharges per item โ‰ค โ‚น50,000 per annum โ†’ offer 5-year contract at fixed sum per annum (reviewed every 5 years) โ— โ‚น50,000 / 5-year
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒCharges per item > โ‚น50,000 โ†’ annual statement of proposed charges required at budget time (contract system may still be adopted if charges are obviously static)
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒArbitration in exceptional cases โ†’ arranged by MoF ยท MoF to be consulted on all Art.258(3) matters
  • ๐Ÿ”„R.116 โ€” Procedure for transactions:
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒExtra staff/contingency cost (e.g., Census administration): provided in State Budget first; reimbursed in lumpsum by Centre under distinct sub-head "Amounts paid to other Governments, Departments, etc."
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒWork entrusted to State (e.g., National Highways, Defence Works): expenditure adjusted direct in Central accounts under relevant Head ยท adjusted under Head 8658 โ€” Suspense Accounts โ€” PAO Suspense in State accounts pending eventual clearance
Rule 117Crucial Date for Closure of Inter-Governmental Adjustments
  • ๐Ÿ“…Inter-Governmental adjustments can be carried out up to the 10th of April (or the date specified by CGA in consultation with RBI from time to time) โ€” which is the date on which the books of the Reserve Bank are closed for the month of March. โ— 10th April
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒEvery endeavour must be made to settle all transactions with State Governments before the close of the year.
Rule 118Adjustments with Foreign Governments and Outside Bodies โ€” Services Only on Payment
  • ๐ŸŒUnless exempted by Government by general or special orders, services shall not be rendered to any foreign Government or non-Government body or institution or to a separate fund except on payment.
Rule 119Recoveries for Services Rendered to Non-Government Parties โ€” Classified as Receipts
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒRecoveries of expenditure for services rendered or supplies made to non-Government parties or other Governments (including local funds and Governments outside India) shall, in all cases, be classified as receipts of the Government rendering such services.
Rule 120Recoveries Where Government Acts as Agent โ€” Net Cost to Government = Nil
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒWhen a Government undertakes a service merely as an agent of a private body, the entire cost of the service shall be recovered from that body so that the net cost to Government is nil.
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒThe recoveries shall be taken as reduction of expenditure.
Rule 121Relief to Outside Body โ€” Through Grant-in-Aid, Not Remission of Dues
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒAny relief in respect of payment for services rendered or supplies made to any outside body or fund shall ordinarily be given through a grant-in-aid rather than by remission of dues.
Rule 122Charges Relating to Maintenance and Demarcation of International Boundaries
  • ๐ŸŒMaintenance: Half the maintenance charges shall be borne by the Central Government; the other half recovered from the foreign country. If recovery fails, the foreign country's share shall also be borne by the Central Government.
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Demarcation and Disputes: Charges relating to demarcation of boundaries and boundary disputes shall be borne by the Central Government under Entry 10 of the Union List, subject to such recovery as shall be made from the foreign country.
  • ๐Ÿ’งWatercourse boundaries (median line principle): Each Government bears the cost of maintenance of the boundary line and survey marks on its own side.
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒExceptions: Application to Nepal โ€” subject to special arrangements worked out in consultation with Nepal Government. Bhutan's share for maintenance, demarcation and disputes shall be borne by the Central Government for the present.
Rule 123Inter-Departmental Adjustments โ€” Service vs Commercial Departments
  • โ›”A Service Department shall NOT charge other Departments for services rendered or supplies made which fall within the class of duties for which it is constituted.
  • โœ…A Commercial Department or undertaking shall ordinarily charge and be charged for any supplies made and services rendered to, or by, other departments of Government.
Rule 124Division of Departments โ€” Service vs Commercial
โญ Service vs Commercial Departments
TypeDescriptionExamples
Service DepartmentsDischarge functions inseparable from Govt or necessary for its general conduct ยท Do NOT charge other depts for normal functionsPolice, Jails, Justice, Education, Medical, Public Health, Forest, Defence, Survey, Govt Printing, Stationery, CPWD, DGS&D
Commercial DepartmentsRender services or provide supplies on payment ยท Work to a financial result through commercial accounts ยท Functions not necessarily governmentalRailways, Department of Posts, Electrical Undertakings, Industrial Factories/Stores
Rule 125Period for Preferment of Inter-Departmental Claims
  • ๐Ÿ“…All claims shall ordinarily be preferred between Departments within the same financial year and not beyond three years from the date of transaction. This limitation may be waived in specific cases by mutual agreement. โ— 3 years
Rule 126Procedure for Settlement of Inter-Departmental Adjustments
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Settlement of inter-departmental adjustments shall be regulated by the directions contained in Chapter 4 of Government Accounting Rules, 1990.
Rule 127Inter-Departmental Adjustments to Be Made in the Account Year
  • ๐Ÿ“…Inter-departmental and other adjustments are to be made in the accounts of the current year, not the past year, if they could not have been reasonably anticipated in time for funds to be obtained from the proper authority.
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒFor recurring or fixed-character payments to another Government or department, the Accounts Officer will automatically make the adjustment before the accounts are finally closed.
  • โš–๏ธThe onus of proving that adjustments could not have been reasonably anticipated shall lie with the Controlling Officer.
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒClassification of recoveries between departments of the same Government:
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒRecoveries by a Service Department for services rendered to another Dept = deduction from gross expenditure
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒRecoveries by a Commercial Department (Railways, Posts, etc.) for its constituted functions = receipts of that Department
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒCommercial Dept acting as agent for functions not germane to its essential purpose = reduction of expenditure
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒException: Recoveries of fees for purchase, inspection, etc. by Central Purchase Organisations of GoI = treated as receipts of the Department concerned
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Recoveries classified as deduction from gross expenditure shall be shown in the relevant DFG as "below the line" recovery under the appropriate Major Head. Recovery actually effected shall be adjusted in the schedule of recovery attached to the Appropriation Account of the year in which recovery is effected.
Rule 128Adjustment of Pensionary Charges of Commercial Departments
  • ๐Ÿ’ฐWith proforma commercial accounts: Pensionary liability of commercial departments and undertakings shall be assessed on a contribution basis at rates fixed by Government from time to time.
  • ๐Ÿ’ฐWithout proforma commercial accounts (but allowed to charge for products/services): Pensionary liability shall be taken into account in overhead charges and manufacturing costs for calculating the issue price of goods or fees for services rendered, at rates prescribed by Government.
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒNote: The Railways, Posts and Defence Departments are regarded as separate Governments for the purpose of adjustment of pensionary charges.
Rule 129Pensionary Liability for Government Departments Declared as Commercial
  • ๐Ÿ“In the case of Government Departments and Undertakings declared as commercial, adjustment of pensionary liability shall be made in the regular accounts by charging the average of the percentage for the 15th year of service, based on the rates of monthly contribution of pension as prescribed in the appropriate order issued from time to time under Appendix-II of Fundamental and Supplementary Rules.
โญ Numbers and Key Facts to Remember โ€” Chapter 4
  • ๐Ÿ“Œ6 months โ€” preferred time limit for submission of accounts to President after close of FY (R.71)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒArt.150 โ€” form of accounts prescribed by President on advice of CAG ยท CGA prescribes on behalf of President (R.72)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒCash-based accounting โ€” actual cash receipts and disbursements, not amounts due (R.74)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒThree Parts of accounts: Consolidated Fund (Part I) ยท Contingency Fund (Part II, single Major Head) ยท Public Account (Part III) (R.77)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒSix tiers: Major Head (function) โ†’ Minor Head (programme) โ†’ Sub-Head (scheme) โ†’ Detailed Head (sub-scheme) โ†’ Object Head (economic nature) ยท 15-digit code (R.78)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒPFMS โ€” integrated FMS of CGA ยท 'just-in-time' payments ยท DDG uploaded at start of FY ยท re-appropriation/surrender orders through PFMS (R.86)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒDBT โ€” three routes: directly from Ministry / State Treasury Account / Implementing Agency ยท E-UCs on PFMS portal (R.87)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒFinance Accounts: prepared and signed by CGA ยท countersigned by Secretary (Expenditure), MoF (R.89)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒArt.112(3) โ€” Charged expenditure; not subject to vote ยท All others = Voted (R.83)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒCapital interest formula: outlay at end of previous year + ยฝ outlay of current year (R.106)
  • ๐Ÿ“Œ7 specific matters with State Govts regulated by Appendix-5 to GAR 1990 (R.108)
  • ๐Ÿ“Œโ‚น10,000 โ€” petty claims not preferred under reciprocal arrangement (R.111)
  • ๐Ÿ“Œโ‚น50,000 per annum โ€” threshold for 5-year contract vs annual statement for Art.258 agency work (R.115)
  • ๐Ÿ“Œ10th April โ€” Inter-Governmental adjustments closed (RBI books close for March) (R.117)
  • ๐Ÿ“Œ3 years โ€” period for preferment of inter-departmental claims ยท also period for re-audit (R.109, R.125)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒRailways, Posts and Defence โ€” treated as separate Governments for pensionary charges adjustment (R.128)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒHead 8658 โ€” PAO Suspense: used for State expenditure on Central works pending clearance (R.116)
Chapter 5
Works
Rules 130 to 141  ยท  Definitions ยท Execution ยท Review of Projects
Rules at a Glance
Rule No.Rule TitleKey Point
Rule 130Definitions โ€” Original, Minor, Repair WorksOriginal = new constructions + additions + alterations + special repairs to purchased/abandoned structures ยท Minor = adds capital value, no new asset ยท Repair = maintains existing buildings & fixtures
Rule 131Administrative Control of Works3 elements โ€” Full responsibility for construction/maintenance ยท Proper utilisation ยท Provision of funds
Rule 132Powers to Sanction WorksRegulated by DFPR and departmental regulations
Rule 133Execution โ€” Direct or through PWO/PSURepair โ‰คโ‚น60 lakh โ†’ Ministry can execute directly ยท Repair >โ‚น60 lakh or original works of any value โ†’ assign to PWO (R.133(2)) or PSU/notified org (R.133(3)) ยท Competition on lump sum service charges mandatory
Rule 134Works under CPWDWorks not allotted to any Ministry โ†’ included in Grants for Civil Works under CPWD ยท No split funding between departmental and civil works budget
Rule 135General Rules for WorksDetailed rules in departmental regulations ยท Empowered project teams for large value projects โ€” dedicated to project execution only
Rule 1367 Pre-conditions Before Commencing WorksAdmin approval ยท Expenditure sanction ยท Detailed design sanctioned (life cycle cost considered) ยท Estimates on Schedule of Rates ยท Funds provided ยท Tenders invited ยท Work Order issued ยท Exception: urgency โ€” officer's own judgement with simultaneous reporting
Rule 137Group of Works as One ProjectGroup forming one project = one work for sanction purposes ยท Cannot split to avoid higher authority sanction ยท Does not apply to independent similar works
Rule 138Savings from Sanctioned EstimatesSavings shall not be applied to additional work not in original project without special authority
Rule 139Procedure for Execution of WorksDesign & estimates before sanction ยท Admin approval & expenditure sanction before commencement ยท Open tenders: โ‚น10 lakhโ€“โ‚น60 lakh ยท Limited tenders: <โ‚น10 lakh ยท Work Order before commencement ยท Final payment on Officer's Personal Certificate
Rule 140Works Entrusted to PWO/PSUAA & expenditure sanction by Ministry ยท PWO/PSU executes under their own rules ยท MoU may be drawn
Rule 141Review of ProjectsProjects โ‰ฅโ‚น100 crore โ†’ Review Committee (Admin Ministry + Finance/IFW + Executing Agency) mandatory ยท Committee can accept variation within 10% ยท <โ‚น100 crore โ†’ Ministry's discretion
Definitions and Scope โ€” Rules 130โ€“132
Rule 130 Definitions โ€” Original Works, Minor Works, Repair Works
Original Works
  • ๐Ÿ—๏ธOriginal works means all:
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒNew constructions
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒSite preparation
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒAdditions and alterations to existing works
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒSpecial repairs to newly purchased or previously abandoned buildings or structures, including remodelling or replacement
Minor Works
  • ๐Ÿ”งMinor works mean works which add capital value to existing assets but do not create new assets.
Repair Works
  • ๐Ÿ› ๏ธRepair works means works undertaken to maintain buildings and fixtures.
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Works shall also include services or goods incidental or consequential to the original or repair works.
โญ Three Types of Works โ€” Key Distinction
TypeCreates New Asset?Purpose
Original Worksโœ… YesNew construction / additions / special repairs to purchased/abandoned structures
Minor Worksโฌ†๏ธ Adds capital valueImproves existing asset but does not create a new one
Repair WorksโŒ NoMaintains existing buildings and fixtures โ€” no capital addition
Rule 131 Administrative Control of Works โ€” Three Elements

Administrative control of works includes all three of the following:

  • 1๏ธโƒฃAssumption of full responsibility for construction, maintenance and upkeep.
  • 2๏ธโƒฃProper utilisation of buildings and allied works.
  • 3๏ธโƒฃProvision of funds for execution of these functions.
Rule 132 Powers to Sanction Works
  • ๐Ÿ“‹The powers delegated to various subordinate authorities to:
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒAccord administrative approval
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒSanction expenditure
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒRe-appropriate funds for works
  • ๐Ÿ“œโ€ฆare regulated by the Delegation of Financial Powers Rules (DFPR) and other orders contained in the respective departmental regulations.
Execution of Works โ€” Rules 133โ€“141
Rule 133 Three Modes of Executing Works
Sub-rule (1) โ€” Direct Execution by Ministry (Repair Works โ‰ค โ‚น60 Lakh)
  • ๐Ÿ›๏ธA Ministry or Department may, at its discretion, directly execute repair works estimated to cost up to โ‚น60 Lakhs, after following the procedure indicated in Rules 139, 159 & 160. โ— โ‚น60 lakh threshold
Sub-rule (2) โ€” Assignment to Public Works Organisation (PWO)
  • ๐Ÿ—๏ธA Ministry or Department may assign:
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒRepair works estimated to cost above โ‚น60 Lakhs, and
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒOriginal/minor works of any value
    โ€ฆto any Public Works Organisation (PWO) such as:
  • ๐ŸขCPWD (Central Public Works Department)
  • ๐ŸขState Public Works Departments
  • ๐ŸขOther Central Govt. organisations authorised for civil/electrical works โ€” MES (Military Engineering Service), BRO (Border Roads Organisation), etc.
  • ๐ŸขConstruction wings of Railways, Defence, Environment & Forests, Information & Broadcasting, Posts, Space, etc.
Sub-rule (3) โ€” Alternative: Award to PSU or Notified Organisation
  • ๐ŸญAs an alternative to Rule 133(2), a Ministry/Department may award repair works above โ‚น60 lakh and original works of any value to:
    • ๐Ÿ“Œ(i) Any Public Sector Undertaking set up by the Central or State Government to carry out civil or electrical works, or
    • ๐Ÿ“Œ(ii) Any other Central/State Govt. organisation/PSU notified by MoHUA (Ministry of Housing and Urban Affairs) after evaluating their financial strength and technical competence.
  • โš–๏ธFor award under this sub-rule, the Ministry/Department shall ensure competition among such PSUs/Organisations โ€” essentially on lump sum service charges to be claimed for execution.
โš ๏ธ Nomination Basis (Exceptional Cases): Award on nomination basis is permissible only in exceptional cases subject to conditions in Rule 194. Work shall be awarded only on the basis of lump sum service charge even in such cases.
๐Ÿ“Œ Three Modes of Execution โ€” Summary
ModeApplicable ToAuthority
Direct [R.133(1)]Repair works โ‰ค โ‚น60 lakhMinistry/Dept itself
PWO [R.133(2)]Repair >โ‚น60 lakh ยท Original/minor of any valueCPWD / MES / BRO / Dept construction wings
PSU/Notified Org [R.133(3)]Repair >โ‚น60 lakh ยท Original of any valueCentral/State PSU or MoHUA-notified org ยท Competition on service charges
Rule 134 Works Under Administrative Control of CPWD
  • ๐Ÿ›๏ธWorks not specifically allotted to any Ministry or Department shall be included in the Grants for Civil Works to be administered by the Central Public Works Department.
  • โ›”No such work may be financed partly from departmental budget and partly from the budget for Civil Works โ€” split funding is not permissible.
Rule 135 General Rules for Initiation and Execution of Works
Sub-rule (1) โ€” Departmental Regulations Govern
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Subject to Rule 144, the initiation, authorisation and execution of works allotted to a Ministry or Department shall be regulated by detailed rules and orders in their departmental regulations and other special orders applicable to them.
Sub-rule (2) โ€” Empowered Project Teams for Large Works
  • ๐Ÿ‘ฅA Ministry or Department shall put in place, as far as possible, empowered project teams for all large value projects.
  • ๐ŸŽฏThese teams should be tasked only with project execution and not given other operational duties. โญ Exam point โ€” dedicated teams
Rule 136 Seven Pre-conditions Before Commencing Any Work
Sub-rule (1) โ€” The Seven Conditions

No works shall be commenced or liability incurred in connection with it until all seven of the following conditions are satisfied:

  • 1๏ธโƒฃAdministrative Approval obtained from the appropriate authority.
  • 2๏ธโƒฃSanction to incur expenditure obtained from the competent authority.
  • 3๏ธโƒฃA properly detailed design has been sanctioned. While designing, principles of Life Cycle Cost may also be considered.
  • 4๏ธโƒฃEstimates containing detailed specifications and quantities have been prepared on the basis of the Schedule of Rates maintained by CPWD or other PWOs โ€” and sanctioned.
  • 5๏ธโƒฃFunds to cover the charge during the year have been provided by competent authority.
  • 6๏ธโƒฃTenders invited and processed in accordance with rules.
  • 7๏ธโƒฃA Work Order issued.
Sub-rule (2) โ€” Urgency Exception
โš ๏ธ Emergency / Urgency Provision
  • โšกIf on grounds of urgency the seven conditions cannot be complied with, the concerned executive officer may act on his own judgement and responsibility.
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Simultaneously, he must:
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒInitiate action to obtain approval from the competent authority, and
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒIntimate the concerned Accounts Officer.
Sub-rule (3) โ€” Supplementary Estimate for New Developments
  • ๐Ÿ“Any development of a project considered necessary while a work is in progress, which is not contingent on the execution of work as first sanctioned, shall have to be covered by a supplementary estimate.
Rule 137 Group of Works to be Treated as One Project
  • ๐Ÿ“ฆFor the purpose of approval and sanctions, a group of works which forms one project shall be considered as one work.
  • โ›”The necessity for obtaining approval or sanction of a higher authority shall not be avoided merely because the cost of each particular work in the project is within the powers of approval or sanction of a lower authority.
โš ๏ธ Anti-splitting Rule: Projects cannot be artificially split into smaller parts to route sanctions through lower authorities. The entire project cost must be evaluated as one work for determining the appropriate sanctioning authority.
  • โœ…Exception: This provision shall not apply in case of works of similar nature which are independent of each other.
Rule 138 Savings from Sanctioned Estimates
  • โ›”Any anticipated or actual savings from a sanctioned estimate for a definite project shall not, without special authority, be applied to carry out additional work not contemplated in the original project.
๐Ÿ“Œ Rationale
  • ๐Ÿ’กSavings in a sanctioned estimate belong to the approved scope of the project. Diverting them to unauthorised additional works would bypass the requirement to obtain a fresh sanction for the new work โ€” which is not permissible without specific authority.
Rule 139 Procedure for Direct Execution of Works by Ministry / Department

The broad procedure to be followed by a Ministry or Department for execution of works under its own arrangements:

  • 1๏ธโƒฃThe detailed procedure shall be prescribed by departmental regulations framed in consultation with the Accounts Officer, generally based on the principles underlying the financial and accounting rules for similar works carried out by CPWD.
  • 2๏ธโƒฃPreparation of detailed design and estimates shall precede any sanction for works.
  • 3๏ธโƒฃNo work shall be undertaken before issue of Administrative Approval and Expenditure Sanction by the competent authority on the basis of the estimates framed.
  • 4๏ธโƒฃOpen tenders shall be called for works costing โ‚น10 lakh to โ‚น60 lakh. โญ โ‚น10Lโ€“โ‚น60L โ†’ Open tender
  • 5๏ธโƒฃLimited tenders shall be called for works costing less than โ‚น10 lakhs. โญ <โ‚น10L โ†’ Limited tender
  • 6๏ธโƒฃExecution of Contract Agreement or Award of work should be done before commencement of the work.
  • 7๏ธโƒฃFinal payment for work shall be made only on the Personal Certificate of the Officer-in-charge of execution of the work, in the following format:
๐Ÿ“œ Officer's Personal Certificate (Mandatory for Final Payment)

"I, Executing Officer of (Name of the Work), am personally satisfied that the work has been executed as per the specifications laid down in the Contract Agreement and the workmanship is up to the standards followed in the Industry."

โญ Tender Type Quick Reference (Rule 139)
  • ๐Ÿ”“Open Tenders: Works costing โ‚น10 lakh to โ‚น60 lakh
  • ๐Ÿ”’Limited Tenders: Works costing less than โ‚น10 lakhs
  • โšกFor works above โ‚น60 lakh โ†’ assigned to PWO/PSU under Rule 133(2)/(3), not direct execution
Rule 140 Works Entrusted to PWO or PSU โ€” Division of Responsibility
  • ๐Ÿ›๏ธFor works entrusted as per Rule 133(2) or 133(3), the Administrative Approval and Expenditure Sanction shall be accorded and funds allotted by the concerned Ministry/Department under these rules and in accordance with DFPR.
  • ๐Ÿ—๏ธThe Public Works Organisation or PSU to which work is allotted shall then execute the work under the rules and procedures prescribed in that organisation.
  • ๐Ÿ“‹A Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) may be drawn with the Public Works Organisation or PSU for proper execution of work.
๐Ÿ“Œ Who Does What
  • ๐Ÿ›๏ธMinistry/Department: Administrative Approval + Expenditure Sanction + Fund Allotment
  • ๐Ÿ—๏ธPWO/PSU: Actual execution under its own rules + procedures
Rule 141 Review of Projects
Projects โ‰ฅ โ‚น100 Crore โ€” Mandatory Review Committee
  • ๐Ÿ—๏ธAfter a project costing โ‚น100 crore or above is approved, the Administrative Ministry or Department shall set up a Review Committee consisting of a representative each from:
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒAdministrative Ministry
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒFinance (Internal Finance Wing)
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒExecuting Agency
  • โš–๏ธThe Review Committee shall have the powers to accept variation within 10% of the approved estimates. โ— 10% variation limit
Projects < โ‚น100 Crore โ€” Ministry's Discretion
  • ๐Ÿ›๏ธFor works costing less than โ‚น100 crores, it shall be at the discretion of the Administrative Ministry/Department to set up a suitable mechanism for review and acceptance of variation within 10% of the approved estimates.
โญ Rule 141 โ€” Key Numbers
  • ๐Ÿ“Œโ‚น100 crore or above: Review Committee is mandatory โ€” 3 members (Admin Ministry + IFW + Executing Agency)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒBelow โ‚น100 crore: Review mechanism at Ministry's discretion
  • ๐Ÿ“Œ10% โ€” Maximum variation that Review Committee can accept within the approved estimate
โญ Numbers to Remember โ€” Chapter 5
  • ๐Ÿ“Œโ‚น60 lakh โ€” threshold for direct execution of repair works by Ministry (R.133)
  • ๐Ÿ“Œโ‚น10 lakh to โ‚น60 lakh โ€” Open tenders required (R.139)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒBelow โ‚น10 lakh โ€” Limited tenders (R.139)
  • ๐Ÿ“Œ7 pre-conditions before commencing any work (R.136)
  • ๐Ÿ“Œโ‚น100 crore or above โ€” Review Committee mandatory with 3 members (R.141)
  • ๐Ÿ“Œ10% โ€” variation limit that Review Committee can accept (R.141)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒSchedule of Rates maintained by CPWD โ€” basis for preparing estimates (R.136)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒLife Cycle Cost โ€” principle to be considered while designing projects (R.136)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒMoU may be drawn with PWO/PSU for execution (R.140)
Chapter 6
Procurement of Goods and Services
Rules 142 to 172  ยท  GeM ยท Tender Methods ยท Bid Security ยท Performance Security ยท Advance Payment
Rules at a Glance โ€” Chapter 6
Rule No.SubjectKey Point
Rule 142ScopeGeneral rules for all Ministries/Depts for procurement of goods for public service
Rule 143Definition of GoodsWide definition โ€” articles, material, machinery, software, IP, livestock, spares, vehicles, etc. ยท Includes incidental works and services (transport, insurance, installation, commissioning, training, maintenance) ยท Excludes library books/publications
Rule 144Fundamental Principles of Public BuyingEfficiency, economy, transparency, fair treatment, competition ยท 11 yardsticks including: objective specs ยท no brand names ยท Annual Procurement Plan on website ยท DoE may restrict procurement from certain countries on national security grounds
Rule 145Authorities Competent to PurchaseAuthority competent to incur expenditure may sanction purchase as per DFPR
Rule 146Procurement on MobilisationRegulated by special rules/orders issued by Government from time to time
Rule 147Powers for ProcurementFull powers to Ministries/Depts for goods/services NOT available on GeM ยท Items available on GeM must be procured mandatorily through GeM (per Rule 149)
Rule 149Government e-Marketplace (GeM)Mandatory procurement through GeM for all available goods/services ยท Three tiers: โ‰คโ‚น50,000 (any seller) ยท โ‚น50,000โ€“โ‚น10L (lowest price among โ‰ฅ3 manufacturers) ยท >โ‚น10L (online bidding/reverse auction mandatory) ยท Annual Procurement Plan on GeM portal within 30 days of Budget approval ยท Demand not to be split to avoid higher thresholds
Rule 150Registration of SuppliersFor goods not on GeM ยท Registration period: 1โ€“3 years ยท Performance watched continuously ยท Grounds for removal: substandard goods, false declaration, failure to supply on time, not in public interest ยท List exhibited on website
Rule 151Debarment from BiddingMandatory debarment: conviction under Prevention of Corruption Act / BNS for loss of life or property ยท Period: up to 3 years (DoE list on CPPP) ยท Discretionary: Code of Integrity breach โ†’ up to 2 years (Ministry list on website) ยท Reasonable opportunity to represent before debarment
Rule 152Indian Agents for Foreign PrincipalsMinistries/Depts may enlist Indian agents to quote directly on behalf of foreign principals
Rule 153Reserved Items and Purchase PreferenceKhadi goods: exclusively from KVIC ยท Handloom textiles: at least 20% mandatory from KVIC/Handloom Clusters ยท MSME Procurement Policy under MSMED Act 2006 ยท Central Govt may notify mandatory procurement from any category or preference for locally manufactured goods
Rule 154Purchase Without Quotationโ‰คโ‚น50,000 (when item not on GeM) ยท Certificate of personal satisfaction by competent authority ยท No quotations or bids required
Rule 155Purchase by Purchase CommitteeAbove โ‚น50,000 and up to โ‚น5,00,000 (when not on GeM) ยท 3-member Local Purchase Committee ยท Joint certificate of satisfaction by all members ยท Certificate must confirm supplier is not debarred by DoE or Ministry
Rule 157No Splitting of DemandDemand for goods shall not be divided into small quantities to avoid higher authority sanction or competitive tendering
Rule 158Purchase by Obtaining Bids โ€” Five Methods(i) Advertised Tender Enquiry (ii) Limited Tender Enquiry (iii) Two-Stage Bidding (iv) Single Tender Enquiry (v) Electronic Reverse Auction
Rule 159E-Publishing โ€” MandatoryMandatory publication on GeM-CPPP for all Ministries/Depts/Autonomous Bodies ยท Exemption: national security โ€” Secretary + FA concurrence ยท Statistical info on exemptions โ†’ MoF/DoE quarterly ยท Applies to all forms of tender/RFP/EOI/pre-qualification notices ยท Exempted: R.154 and R.155 purchases
Rule 160E-Procurement โ€” MandatoryMandatory receipt of all bids through e-procurement portals ยท NIC solution available for low-volume depts ยท National security exemption with Secretary approval + FA concurrence ยท Indian Missions Abroad: Competent Authority may exempt
Rule 161Advertised Tender EnquiryEstimated value โ‰ฅโ‚น50 lakhs ยท Published on GeM + GeM-CPPP + own website ยท Complete bidding document on website ยท Minimum 3 weeks for bid submission (4 weeks if foreign bids invited) ยท No GTE for tenders up to โ‚น200 crore (relaxation from Competent Authority for exceptions) ยท No cost for tender documents downloaded from website
Rule 162Limited Tender EnquiryEstimated value up to โ‚น50 lakhs ยท More than 3 supplier firms ยท Published on GeM-CPPP ยท Unsolicited bids not accepted ยท Permitted beyond โ‚น50 lakhs if: urgency certified / not in public interest to advertise / sources of supply definitely known
Rule 163Two-Bid System (Technical + Financial)For high-value complex plant/machinery ยท Separate sealed envelopes for technical and financial bids inside outer envelope ยท Technical bids opened first and evaluated ยท Financial bids of only technically accepted offers opened in second stage
Rule 164Two-Stage BiddingFor procurements where detailed specs cannot be formulated without bidder inputs ยท Or rapid technology/market changes ยท Or R&D contracts ยท Or comprehensive survey needed ยท First stage: technical bids without price; committee evaluates, may hold discussions (equal opportunity to all) ยท Second stage: revised specs โ†’ final bids with prices ยท Bidder may withdraw without penalty if modifications are unacceptable
Rule 165Late BidsLate bids (received after specified date and time) shall NOT be considered in advertised or limited tender enquiry
Rule 166Single Tender EnquiryThree circumstances: (i) only one manufacturer known (ii) emergency requiring specific source (iii) standardisation of spares/machinery ยท Proprietary Article Certificate required for (i) and (iii)
Rule 167Electronic Reverse AuctionOnline real-time technique ยท Successively more favourable bids during scheduled period ยท Conditions: detailed description feasible + competitive market + criteria quantifiable in monetary terms
Rule 168Contents of Bidding Document7 chapters: Instructions to Bidders ยท Conditions of Contract ยท Schedule of Requirements ยท Specifications/Technical Details ยท Price Schedule ยท Contract Form ยท Other Standard Forms
Rule 169Maintenance ContractNeeded for sophisticated/costly equipment ยท Maintenance free of charge during warranty period ยท Paid maintenance commences only after warranty period
Rule 170Bid Security (Earnest Money)2%โ€“5% of estimated value ยท Exempted: MSEs (MSME policy) / registered suppliers / CPO / DPIIT-recognised Startups ยท Forms: Insurance Surety Bond / A/c Payee DD / FDR / Banker's Cheque / BG (incl. e-BG) / online payment ยท Valid 45 days beyond final bid validity ยท Returned to unsuccessful bidders by 30th day after contract award ยท Two-packet/two-stage: unsuccessful 1st-stage bidders get BG back within 30 days of 1st-stage result
Rule 171Performance Security3%โ€“5% of contract value (for goods/consultancy/non-consultancy services) ยท Valid 60 days beyond completion of all contractual obligations including warranty ยท Bid security refunded on receipt of Performance Security ยท Forms: Insurance Surety Bond / A/c Payee DD / FDR / BG (incl. e-BG) / online payment
Rule 172(1)Advance Payment to SupplierOrdinarily after services rendered/supplies made ยท Advance ceilings: 30% (private firms) ยท 40% (Central/State Govt agency or PSU) ยท Maintenance contract: up to 6 months' amount ยท Can be relaxed by Ministry in consultation with FA ยท Bank guarantee/adequate safeguards mandatory
Rule 172(2)Part Payment to SuppliersPart payment may be released after dispatch of goods from supplier's premises as per contract terms
Rule 173Transparency, Competition and Fairness โ€” 22 MeasuresBidding doc must be self-contained ยท NIL bid = unresponsive ยท No new condition during evaluation ยท Post-bid negotiation severely discouraged (only with L-1 if unavoidable) ยท Single offer in open/limited tender = single tender contract ยท >โ‚น50L Purchase Committee: no direct reporting between members ยท BEE Star Rating mandatory ยท 4 grounds for rejecting all bids ยท Lack of competition not solely by number of bidders
Rule 174Efficiency, Economy and AccountabilityPrescribe time frame for each procurement stage ยท Delegate purchasing powers wherever necessary ยท Contract to be placed within original bid validity ยท Extension of bid validity to be discouraged
Rule 175Code of Integrity โ€” 8 ProhibitionsBribery ยท Misrepresentation ยท Collusion/bid rigging ยท Improper use of information ยท Conflict transactions ยท Coercion/threat ยท Obstruction ยท False declaration ยท Disclosure of conflict of interest ยท Disclosure of prior transgressions in last 3 years ยท Reasonable opportunity before action
Rule 176Buy-Back OfferOld item traded while purchasing new one with competent authority approval ยท Clause in bidding document ยท Option to trade or not trade kept open
Rule 177Definition โ€” Consulting ServicesNon-physical, project-specific, intellectual and procedural processes ยท Outcomes vary from consultant to consultant ยท Does NOT include direct engagement of retired Govt servant ยท Examples: management/policy/communications consultants, feasibility studies, project management, finance/accounting/taxation, training
Rules 178โ€“182Consulting Services โ€” Preliminary StepsR.178: May hire external consultants for specific, time-bound job ยท R.180: Only if Ministry lacks requisite expertise; competent authority approval needed ยท R.181: Prepare scope, objectives, eligibility criteria ยท R.182: Estimate reasonable expenditure from market conditions
Rule 183Identification of Consultant Sources โ€” Two Tiersโ‰คโ‚น50L: Long list from informal enquiries, CII, associations ยท >โ‚น50L: Expression of Interest (EOI) published on GeM + GeM-CPPP; adequate time to be allowed
Rule 184Short-Listing of ConsultantsShort-listed consultants shall not be less than 3
Rule 185Terms of Reference (TOR) โ€” 5 Elements(i) Statement of objectives (ii) Outline of tasks (iii) Schedule for completion (iv) Support/inputs to be provided by Ministry (v) Final outputs required
Rule 186Request for Proposal (RFP) โ€” 9 ContentsLetter of Invitation ยท Information to Consultants ยท TOR ยท Eligibility/pre-qualification criteria ยท Key positions for CV evaluation ยท Evaluation criteria and selection procedure ยท Standard formats for technical and financial proposals ยท Proposed contract terms ยท Mid-term review procedure
Rules 187โ€“190Receipt, Opening and Evaluation of ProposalsTwo-bid system (technical + financial in separate sealed envelopes) ยท Technical proposals opened first ยท Late bids not considered ยท CEC evaluates technical bids with detailed reasons for acceptance/rejection ยท Financial bids opened only for technically qualified bidders
Rules 191โ€“194Methods of Consultancy Selection โ€” 3 MethodsQCBS: Quality + Cost combined score; technical weight โ‰ค80%; highest combined score wins ยท LCS: Standard/routine assignments; lowest cost among technically qualified ยท Single Source/Nomination: 5 circumstances (continuation of previous work, emergency, proprietary, special circumstance, fairness ensured); full justification + competent authority approval
Rules 195โ€“196Monitoring and Design CompetitionR.195: Task force approach; continuous monitoring throughout ยท R.196: Design competition (symbols/logos) โ€” transparent, fair, wide publicity; published on Ministry website + GeM-CPPP; jury composition may be notified
Rule 197Definition โ€” Non-Consulting ServicesPhysical, measurable deliverables/outcomes; performance standards clearly identifiable ยท Examples: maintenance, vehicle hiring, facilities management, security, photocopier, janitor, drilling, aerial photography, satellite imagery, mapping
Rules 198โ€“200Non-Consulting Services โ€” General and Tender EnquiryR.198: Procured in interest of economy and efficiency ยท R.199: List of contractors from Yellow Pages, trade journals, websites, enquiries ยท R.200: Tender enquiry must include 4 elements: work details, facilities/inputs provided, eligibility criteria, statutory/contractual obligations
Rule 201Invitation of Bids โ€” Non-Consulting Two Tiersโ‰คโ‚น50L: Limited Tender Enquiry to more than 3 contractors ยท >โ‚น50L: Open advertisement on GeM + GeM-CPPP (and own website)
Rules 202โ€“205Evaluation, Nomination and MonitoringR.202: Late bids not considered ยท R.203: Evaluate, segregate, rank responsive bids ยท R.204: Nomination for non-consulting โ€” Competent Authority + FA consultation; detailed justification integral part of proposal ยท R.205: Continuous monitoring of contractor performance throughout
Rule 206Residual ApplicabilityGaps in Rules 198โ€“205 โ†’ governed by Rules 142โ€“176 (goods rules), NOT consulting rules
Section I โ€” Scope, Definitions and Fundamental Principles (Rules 142โ€“144)
Rule 142Scope of Chapter 6
  • ๐Ÿ“‹This chapter contains the general rules applicable to all Ministries or Departments regarding procurement of goods required for use in the public service.
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒProcuring departments may issue detailed instructions broadly in conformity with the general rules contained in this Chapter.
Rule 143Definition of Goods
๐Ÿ“Œ What "Goods" Includes
  • ๐Ÿ“ฆPhysical goods: All articles, material, commodity, livestock, furniture, fixtures, raw material, spares, instruments, machinery, equipment, industrial plant, vehicles, aircraft, ships, medicines, railway rolling stock, assemblies, subassemblies, accessories, group of machineries comprising an integrated production process
  • ๐Ÿ’ปIntangible products: Software, technology transfer, licences, patents or other intellectual properties โ€” purchased or otherwise acquired for use of Government
  • ๐Ÿ”งIncidental works and services: Transportation, insurance, installation, commissioning, training and maintenance โ€” which are incidental or consequential to the supply of such goods
  • โ›”Excluded: Books, publications, periodicals, etc. for a library.
Rule 144Fundamental Principles of Public Buying โ€” Eleven Yardsticks
  • ๐ŸŽฏEvery authority delegated with powers to procure goods shall have the responsibility and accountability to bring efficiency, economy, and transparency in public procurement and for fair and equitable treatment of suppliers and promotion of competition.
โญ Eleven Yardsticks for Public Procurement
  • (i)Description of procurement shall be objective, functional, generic and measurable โ€” specifying technical, qualitative and performance characteristics. No particular trade mark, trade name or brand to be indicated.
  • (ii)Specifications shall be clearly spelt out to meet basic needs without superfluous or non-essential features (which may cause unwarranted expenditure).
  • (iii)Technical specifications shall be based on national technical regulations or recognised national standards or building codes, or in their absence, relevant international standards. For GoI-funded projects abroad, may be based on host country standards.
  • (iv)Avoid purchasing quantities in excess of requirement to avoid inventory carrying costs.
  • (v)Offers to be invited following a fair, transparent and reasonable procedure.
  • (vi)Procuring authority must be satisfied that the selected offer adequately meets the requirement in all respects.
  • (vii)Procuring authority must satisfy itself that the price of the selected offer is reasonable and consistent with the quality required.
  • (viii)At each stage of procurement, the procuring authority must place on record in precise terms the considerations which weighed while taking the procurement decision.
  • (ix)A complete schedule of procurement cycle from date of issuing the tender to date of issuing the contract should be published when the tender is issued.
  • (x)All Ministries/Departments shall prepare an Annual Procurement Plan before the commencement of the year and the same shall also be placed on their website.
  • (xi)DoE may, by order in writing, impose restrictions (including prior registration and/or screening) on procurement from bidders from, or having commercial arrangements with, a country or countries โ€” on grounds of defence of India or national security. No procurement shall be made in violation of such restrictions. โ— National Security Restriction
Section II โ€” Government e-Marketplace and Authorities (Rules 145โ€“153)
Rule 145Authorities Competent to Purchase Goods
  • ๐Ÿ‘คAn authority which is competent to incur expenditure may sanction the purchase of goods required for use in public service in accordance with the Delegation of Financial Powers Rules (DFPR), following the general procedure in the rules below.
Rule 146Procurement of Goods Required on Mobilisation
  • ๐Ÿช–Procurement of goods required on mobilisation and/or during the continuance of Military operations shall be regulated by any special rules and orders issued by the Government on this behalf from time to time.
Rule 147Powers for Procurement of Goods
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒMinistries or Departments have been delegated full powers to make their own arrangements for procurement of goods and services that are not available on GeM.
  • ๐Ÿ›’Common use Goods and Services available on GeM are required to be procured mandatorily through GeM as per Rule 149.
Rule 149Government e-Marketplace (GeM) โ€” Three Procurement Tiers
  • ๐Ÿ›’Government of India has established GeM (Government e-Marketplace) for common use Goods and Services. Procurement of Goods and Services by Ministries or Departments is mandatory for Goods or Services available on GeM.
  • โœ…Credentials of suppliers certified by GeM SPV. Procuring authorities certify reasonableness of rates.
๐Ÿ“Œ Three-Tier GeM Procurement Structure
TierValueProcedure
(i)Up to โ‚น50,000Any available supplier on GeM meeting requisite quality, specification and delivery period. (Automobiles: no ceiling limit)
(ii)Above โ‚น50,000 up to โ‚น10,00,000GeM Seller having lowest price among available sellers of at least 3 different manufacturers on GeM, meeting requisite quality, specification and delivery period. Online bidding/reverse auction tools may be used even for procurements less than โ‚น10L
(iii)Above โ‚น10,00,000Supplier having lowest price after mandatorily obtaining bids using online bidding or reverse auction on GeM
  • ๐Ÿ“…Annual Procurement Plan of goods and services shall be projected on GeM portal within 30 days of Budget approval. โ— 30 days
  • โ›”A demand for goods shall not be divided into small quantities to make piecemeal purchases to avoid L-1 buying/bidding/reverse auction on GeM or to avoid the necessity of obtaining the sanction of higher authorities.
  • ๐Ÿ“ŠGovernment Buyers may ascertain reasonableness of prices using Business Analytics (BA) tools on GeM including Last Purchase Price on GeM and Department's own Last Purchase Price.
  • ๐Ÿ“‹The monetary ceilings under (i)โ€“(iii) above apply only for GeM purchases. For purchases outside GeM, relevant GFR rules shall apply.
Rule 150Registration of Suppliers โ€” For Goods Not on GeM
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Sub-rule (i): For goods and services not available on GeM, Head of Ministry/Department may register suppliers periodically following a fair, transparent and reasonable procedure with due publicity. Such registered suppliers should be boarded on GeM as and when the item gets listed.
  • ๐Ÿ”Sub-rule (ii): Before registration, credentials, manufacturing capability, quality control systems, past performance, after-sales service and financial background shall be carefully verified.
  • ๐Ÿ“…Sub-rule (iii): Registered for a fixed period of 1 to 3 years depending on nature of goods. At end of period, willing suppliers apply afresh for renewal. New suppliers may be considered at any time if they fulfil all conditions. โ— 1โ€“3 years
  • ๐Ÿ‘๏ธSub-rule (iv): Performance and conduct of every registered supplier shall be watched. Grounds for removal from approved list: failure to supply on time ยท supply of substandard goods ยท false declaration to any Government agency ยท any ground not in public interest.
  • ๐ŸŒSub-rule (v): List of registered suppliers shall be exhibited on the website of the Procuring Entity / their e-Procurement portals.
Rule 151Debarment from Bidding
  • โ›”Mandatory debarment [Sub-rule (i)]: A bidder shall be debarred if convicted of an offence under:
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒThe Prevention of Corruption Act, 1988; or
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒThe Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita or any other law for causing any loss of life or property or threat to public health as part of execution of a public procurement contract
  • ๐Ÿ“…Sub-rule (ii): A mandatorily debarred bidder or any successor shall not be eligible for any procuring entity for a period not exceeding three years from the date of debarment. DoE shall maintain the list, displayed on the Central Public Procurement Portal. โ— Up to 3 years โ€” DoE/CPPP
  • ๐Ÿ“…Sub-rule (iii) โ€” Discretionary debarment: A procuring entity may debar a bidder (or successors) from its own procurement processes for a period not exceeding two years if it determines the bidder has breached the code of integrity. Ministry/Department shall maintain the list, displayed on their website. โš ๏ธ Up to 2 years โ€” Ministry/website
  • โš–๏ธSub-rule (iv): A bidder shall not be debarred unless given a reasonable opportunity to represent against such debarment.
Rule 152Enlistment of Indian Agents for Foreign Principals
  • ๐ŸŒMinistries/Departments, if they so require, may enlist Indian agents who desire to quote directly on behalf of their foreign principals.
Rule 153Reserved Items and Purchase/Price Preference Policy
  • ๐ŸงถSub-rule (i) โ€” Khadi and Handloom: All items of hand spun and hand-woven textiles (khadi goods) are reserved for exclusive purchase from KVIC. Of all textiles, at least 20% mandatory procurement from handloom origin from KVIC and/or Handloom Clusters (Co-operative Societies, SHG Federations, JLG, Producer Companies, Corporations, Weavers with Pehchan Cards). โ— 20% handloom
  • ๐ŸญSub-rule (ii) โ€” MSME Policy: Ministry of MSME has notified procurement policy under Section 11 of the MSMED Act, 2006.
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Sub-rule (iii) โ€” Central Govt discretion: Central Government may, by notification, provide for mandatory procurement from any category of bidders or provide for preference to bidders on the grounds of promotion of locally manufactured goods or locally provided services.
Section III โ€” Methods of Purchase (Rules 154โ€“172)
Rule 154Purchase of Goods Without Quotation โ€” Up to โ‚น50,000
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒWhen a certain item is not available on GeM portal, purchase of goods up to the value of โ‚น50,000 on each occasion may be made without inviting quotations or bids, on the basis of a certificate to be recorded by the competent authority. โ— โ‰คโ‚น50,000
๐Ÿ“‹ Certificate Format (Rule 154)

"I am personally satisfied that these goods purchased are of the requisite quality and specification and have been purchased from a reliable supplier at a reasonable price."

Rule 155Purchase of Goods by Purchase Committee โ€” Above โ‚น50,000 to โ‚น5,00,000
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒWhen a certain item is not available on GeM portal, purchase of goods costing above โ‚น50,000 and up to โ‚น5,00,000 on each occasion may be made on the recommendations of a duly constituted Local Purchase Committee of 3 members at an appropriate level as decided by the Head of the Department. โ— โ‚น50,000โ€“โ‚น5,00,000 ยท 3 members
  • ๐Ÿ”The committee will survey the market to ascertain reasonableness of rate, quality and specifications and identify the appropriate supplier.
๐Ÿ“‹ Joint Certificate Format (Rule 155)

"Certified that we, members of the purchase committee are jointly and individually satisfied that the goods recommended for purchase are of the requisite specification and quality, priced at the prevailing market rate and the supplier recommended is reliable and competent to supply the goods in question, and it is not debarred by Department of Expenditure or Ministry/Department concerned."

Rule 157No Splitting of Demand
  • โ›”A demand for goods shall not be divided into small quantities to make piecemeal purchases to avoid the necessity of obtaining the sanction of higher authority required with reference to the estimated value of the total demand.
Rule 158Purchase of Goods by Obtaining Bids โ€” Five Methods
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒExcept in cases covered under Rules 154 and 155, Ministries or Departments shall procure goods by following the standard method of obtaining bids in:
๐Ÿ“Œ Five Standard Methods of Procurement (Rule 158)
  • 1๏ธโƒฃAdvertised Tender Enquiry โ€” open to all (Rule 161)
  • 2๏ธโƒฃLimited Tender Enquiry โ€” to registered/known suppliers (Rule 162)
  • 3๏ธโƒฃTwo-Stage Bidding โ€” technical bids first, financial bids later (Rule 164)
  • 4๏ธโƒฃSingle Tender Enquiry โ€” from a single source (Rule 166)
  • 5๏ธโƒฃElectronic Reverse Auctions โ€” online real-time bidding (Rule 167)
Rule 159E-Publishing โ€” Mandatory on GeM-CPPP
  • ๐Ÿ’ปSub-rule (i): It is mandatory for all Ministries/Departments, their attached and subordinate offices and Autonomous/Statutory Bodies to publish their tender enquiries, corrigenda thereon and details of bid awards on GeM-Central Public Procurement Portal (GeM-CPPP).
  • ๐Ÿ”’Sub-rule (ii) โ€” Exemption (National Security): Individual cases requiring confidentiality for reasons of national security may be exempted. Decision to exempt requires approval of Secretary of the Ministry/Department with FA concurrence (for Autonomous/Statutory Bodies: Head of Body + Head of Finance). Statistical information on exemptions (number of cases and value) shall be intimated to MoF/DoE on a Quarterly basis. โ— Quarterly to DoE
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Sub-rule (iii): Applies to all forms: tender enquiries, RFPs, Requests for EOIs, Notice for Pre-Qualification/Registration, or any other notice inviting bids โ€” whether advertised, limited or single party.
  • โœ…Sub-rule (v) โ€” Exempted: Procurements under Rule 154 (without quotation) and Rule 155 (purchase committee) are not required to comply with e-publishing.
Rule 160E-Procurement โ€” Mandatory Receipt of Bids
  • ๐Ÿ’ปSub-rule (i): It is mandatory for Ministries/Departments to receive all bids through e-procurement portals in respect of all procurements.
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒSub-rule (ii): Low-volume procurement Ministries or those carrying out procurements only for day-to-day office running may use the e-procurement solution developed by NIC. Others may use NIC or engage any other service provider following due process.
  • ๐Ÿ”’Sub-rule (iv) โ€” Exemption: Where national security and strategic considerations demand confidentiality, the Ministry/Department may exempt after seeking approval of the concerned Secretary with FA concurrence.
  • ๐ŸŒSub-rule (v): For tenders floated by Indian Missions Abroad, the Competent Authority to decide the tender may exempt from e-procurement.
Rule 161Advertised Tender Enquiry โ€” Estimated Value โ‰ฅ โ‚น50 Lakhs
  • ๐Ÿ“ขSub-rule (i): Invitation to tenders by advertisement shall be used for procurement of goods of estimated value of โ‚น50 lakhs and above. Advertisement to be given on GeM as well as GeM-CPPP. Own website must also publish advertised tender enquiries. โ— โ‰ฅโ‚น50 lakhs
  • ๐Ÿ“„Sub-rules (ii) & (iii): Complete bidding document to be posted on the organisation's website and on GeM-CPPP. Advertisement must give the complete web address for downloading bidding documents.
  • ๐ŸŒSub-rule (iv) โ€” Global Tender Enquiry (GTE):
    • ๐Ÿ“Œ(a) Where goods of required quality may not be available in India, Ministry may send copies of tender notice to Indian Embassies abroad and Foreign Embassies in India. In such cases, e-procurement as per Rule 160 may not be insisted.
    • โ›”(b) No GTE shall be invited for tenders up to โ‚น200 crore (or such limit as prescribed by DoE). For tenders below such limit, GTE in exceptional cases requires detailed justification and prior approval for relaxation from the Competent Authority specified by DoE. โ— โ‚น200 crore GTE threshold
  • ๐Ÿ†“Sub-rule (v): No cost may be charged for tender documents downloaded by bidders (to promote wider participation).
  • ๐Ÿ“…Sub-rule (vi) โ€” Minimum bid submission time: Ordinarily at least 3 weeks from date of publication of tender notice or availability of bidding document for sale (whichever is later). Where bids also invited from abroad: minimum 4 weeks for both domestic and foreign bidders. โ— 3 weeks / 4 weeks (if abroad)
Rule 162Limited Tender Enquiry โ€” Estimated Value up to โ‚น50 Lakhs
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Sub-rule (i): This method may be adopted when estimated value of goods to be procured is up to โ‚น50 lakhs. Bidding documents to be sent directly by speed post/registered post/courier/e-mail to firms on the list of registered suppliers. Number of supplier firms must be more than 3. Also published on GeM and GeM-CPPP. โ— โ‰คโ‚น50 lakhs ยท >3 firms
  • โ›”Sub-rule (ii): Unsolicited bids shall not be accepted. However, Ministries/Departments should evolve a system by which interested firms can register and bid in the next round of tendering.
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒSub-rule (iii) โ€” LTE permitted even above โ‚น50 lakhs in three circumstances:
    • ๐Ÿ“Œ(a) Urgency: Competent authority certifies demand is urgent; additional expenditure justified; nature of urgency and reasons why procurement could not be anticipated placed on record
    • ๐Ÿ“Œ(b) Public interest: Sufficient reasons, recorded in writing by competent authority, that it will not be in public interest to procure through advertised tender
    • ๐Ÿ“Œ(c) Known sources: Sources of supply are definitely known and possibility of fresh sources beyond those being tapped is remote
  • โฑ๏ธSub-rule (iv): Sufficient time shall be allowed for submission of bids in LTE cases.
Rule 163Two-Bid System โ€” Simultaneous Receipt of Separate Technical and Financial Bids
  • ๐Ÿ“ฆFor purchasing high-value plant, machinery etc. of a complex and technical nature, bids may be obtained in two parts:
    • 1๏ธโƒฃTechnical bid โ€” all technical details along with commercial terms and conditions
    • 2๏ธโƒฃFinancial bid โ€” item-wise prices for the items mentioned in the technical bid
  • โœ‰๏ธBoth sealed in separate covers duly super-scribed, both placed in a bigger sealed outer cover, also duly super-scribed.
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Process: Technical bids opened first โ†’ evaluated by a competent committee or authority โ†’ financial bids of only technically acceptable offers are opened at the second stage after intimating them the date and time of financial bid opening โ†’ further evaluation and ranking โ†’ contract awarded.
Rule 164Two-Stage Bidding
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒMinistry/Department may use two-stage bidding if any of the following conditions apply:
    • ๐Ÿ“Œ(a) Not feasible to formulate detailed specifications without receiving technical inputs from bidders
    • ๐Ÿ“Œ(b) Subject matter is subject to rapid technological advances or market fluctuations
    • ๐Ÿ“Œ(c) Contract is for research, experiment, study or development (except where it includes production of items in quantities sufficient to establish commercial viability or recover R&D costs)
    • ๐Ÿ“Œ(d) Bidder expected to carry out a detailed survey/investigation and comprehensive risk, cost and obligation assessment
๐Ÿ“Œ Two-Stage Bidding Procedure
  • 1๏ธโƒฃFirst Stage: Ministry/Department invites bids through advertised tender with technical aspects and contractual terms โ€” without bid price
  • 2๏ธโƒฃAll eligible first-stage bids evaluated through a committee. Committee may hold discussions with bidders โ€” equal opportunity to all
  • 3๏ธโƒฃProcuring entity may add, amend or omit any specification or evaluation criterion, but shall not modify the fundamental nature of the procurement
  • 4๏ธโƒฃSecond Stage: Bids invited from all bidders whose first-stage bids were not rejected โ€” to present final bids with prices in response to a revised set of terms and conditions
  • 5๏ธโƒฃAny bidder who cannot supply due to modifications in specifications may withdraw from bidding proceedings without forfeiting any bid security and without being penalised, by declaring intention to withdraw with adequate justification
Rule 165Late Bids โ€” Not to Be Considered
  • โ›”In the case of advertised tender enquiry or limited tender enquiry, late bids (i.e., bids received after the specified date and time for receipt of bids) should not be considered.
Rule 166Single Tender Enquiry โ€” Three Circumstances
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒProcurement from a single source may be resorted to in the following circumstances:
    • 1๏ธโƒฃ(i) It is in the knowledge of the user department that only a particular firm is the manufacturer of the required goods
    • 2๏ธโƒฃ(ii) In a case of emergency, the required goods are necessarily to be purchased from a particular source โ€” reason to be recorded and approval of competent authority obtained
    • 3๏ธโƒฃ(iii) For standardisation of machinery or spare parts to be compatible to existing sets of equipment โ€” on the advice of a competent technical expert and approved by the competent authority
โญ Proprietary Article Certificate โ€” Required for Circumstances (i) and (iii)
  • ๐Ÿ“‹(i) The indented goods are manufactured by M/s โ€ฆโ€ฆโ€ฆโ€ฆโ€ฆ
  • ๐Ÿ“‹(ii) No other make or model is acceptable for the following reasons: โ€ฆโ€ฆโ€ฆโ€ฆโ€ฆ
  • ๐Ÿ“‹(iii) Concurrence of finance wing to the proposal vide: โ€ฆโ€ฆโ€ฆโ€ฆโ€ฆ
  • ๐Ÿ“‹(iv) Approval of the competent authority vide: (Signature with date and designation of the indenting officer)
Rule 167Electronic Reverse Auction
  • ๐Ÿ’ปSub-rule (i): Electronic Reverse Auction means an online real-time purchasing technique where bidders present successively more favourable bids during a scheduled period of time, with automatic evaluation.
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒSub-rule (ii) โ€” Conditions: A procuring entity may use electronic reverse auction if:
    • ๐Ÿ“Œ(a) It is feasible to formulate a detailed description of the subject matter
    • ๐Ÿ“Œ(b) There is a competitive market of qualified bidders anticipated to participate โ€” to ensure effective competition
    • ๐Ÿ“Œ(c) Criteria for determining the successful bid are quantifiable and can be expressed in monetary terms
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Sub-rule (iii) โ€” Procedure: Solicit bids through an invitation published/communicated as per e-procurement provisions. The invitation shall include details relating to access and registration for the auction, opening and closing of the auction, and norms for conduct of the auction.
Rule 168Contents of Bidding Document โ€” Seven Chapters
๐Ÿ“Œ Standard Bidding Document โ€” Seven Chapters
  • Ch.1Instructions to Bidders
  • Ch.2Conditions of Contract
  • Ch.3Schedule of Requirements
  • Ch.4Specifications and Allied Technical Details
  • Ch.5Price Schedule (to be utilised by bidders for quoting their prices)
  • Ch.6Contract Form
  • Ch.7Other Standard Forms, if any, to be utilised by the purchaser and the bidders
Rule 169Maintenance Contract
  • ๐Ÿ”งDepending on cost and nature of goods, it may be necessary to enter into maintenance contract(s) of suitable period, either with the supplier of the goods or with any other competent firm.
  • โš ๏ธEspecially needed for sophisticated and costly equipment and machinery.
  • ๐Ÿ“…Equipment or machinery is maintained free of charge by the supplier during its warranty period or such other extended periods as the contract terms may provide. Paid maintenance shall commence only thereafter.
Rule 170Bid Security (Earnest Money)
  • ๐Ÿ”Purpose: To safeguard against a bidder's withdrawing or altering its bid during the bid validity period in the case of advertised or limited tender enquiry.
  • ๐Ÿ’ฐAmount: Ordinarily 2% to 5% of the estimated value of goods to be procured. Amount to be determined and indicated in bidding documents. โ— 2%โ€“5%
  • โœ…Exempted from bid security: MSEs (as defined in MSME Procurement Policy) ยท Suppliers registered with Central Purchase Organisation or concerned Ministry/Department ยท Startups recognised by DPIIT
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Acceptable forms: Insurance Surety Bonds ยท Account Payee Demand Draft ยท Fixed Deposit Receipt ยท Banker's Cheque ยท Bank Guarantee (including e-Bank Guarantee) from any Commercial Bank ยท Online payment in acceptable form
  • ๐Ÿ“…Bid security to remain valid for a period of 45 days beyond the final bid validity period. โ— 45 days beyond bid validity
  • ๐Ÿ”„Return of bid security: Unsuccessful bidders โ€” returned at the earliest after expiry of final bid validity and latest on or before the 30th day after the award of the contract. โ— 30th day after award
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒTwo-packet/two-stage bidding: Bid securities of unsuccessful bidders at the first stage (technical evaluation) shall be returned within 30 days of declaration of first-stage result.
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Alternative โ€” Bid Securing Declaration: In place of bid security, Ministries/Departments may require bidders to sign a Bid Securing Declaration โ€” accepting that if they withdraw/modify their bid during validity, or fail to sign the contract or submit performance security before the deadline, they will be suspended for the specified period from being eligible to submit bids for contracts with that entity.
Rule 171Performance Security
  • ๐Ÿ”Purpose: To ensure due performance of the contract. Obtained from the successful bidder awarded the contract.
  • ๐Ÿ’ฐAmount: For procurement of Goods/Consultancy Services/Non-Consultancy Services: 3% to 5% of the value of the contract as specified in bid documents. โ— 3%โ€“5% (Goods/Consultancy/Non-Consultancy)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒNote: Amount of Performance Security plus security deposit/retention money for procurement of Works will continue to be 3% to 10%.
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Acceptable forms: Insurance Surety Bond ยท Account Payee Demand Draft ยท Fixed Deposit Receipt from a Commercial Bank ยท Bank Guarantee (including e-Bank Guarantee) from a Commercial Bank ยท Online payment in acceptable form
  • ๐Ÿ“…Performance Security should remain valid for a period of 60 days beyond the date of completion of all contractual obligations including warranty obligations. โ— 60 days beyond completion + warranty
  • ๐Ÿ”„Bid security shall be refunded to the successful bidder on receipt of Performance Security.
Rule 172(1)Advance Payment to Supplier โ€” Ceilings and Safeguards
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒOrdinarily, payments for services rendered or supplies made should be released only after the services have been rendered or supplies made. However, advance payments may be made in the following types of cases:
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒAdvance demanded by firms holding maintenance contracts for servicing of Air-conditioners, computers, other costly equipment, etc.
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒAdvance demanded by firms against fabrication contracts, turn-key contracts, etc.
โญ Advance Payment Ceilings โ€” Rule 172(1)
RecipientCeiling
Private firms30% of the contract value
State or Central Government agency or PSU40% of the contract value
Maintenance contractsAmount should not exceed the amount payable for 6 months under the contract
  • โš–๏ธMinistries or Departments may relax these ceilings (including the 30% for private firms) in consultation with their Financial Advisers.
  • ๐Ÿ”While making any advance payment, adequate safeguards in the form of bank guarantee etc. shall be obtained from the firm.
Rule 172(2)Part Payment to Suppliers
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒDepending on the terms of delivery incorporated in a contract, part payment to the supplier may be released after it dispatches the goods from its premises in terms of the contract.
โญ Key Numbers and Facts to Remember โ€” Chapter 6
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒGeM tiers: โ‰คโ‚น50,000 (any seller) ยท โ‚น50,000โ€“โ‚น10L (lowest among โ‰ฅ3 manufacturers) ยท >โ‚น10L (online bidding/reverse auction mandatory) (R.149)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒAnnual Procurement Plan on GeM portal within 30 days of Budget approval (R.149)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒSupplier registration period: 1โ€“3 years depending on nature of goods (R.150)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒDebarment: Mandatory conviction โ€” up to 3 years (DoE maintains list on CPPP) ยท Code of Integrity breach โ€” up to 2 years (Ministry maintains list on website) (R.151)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒHandloom textiles: At least 20% mandatory from KVIC/Handloom Clusters (R.153)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒPurchase without quotation: โ‰คโ‚น50,000 ยท Personal satisfaction certificate by competent authority (R.154)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒPurchase Committee: Above โ‚น50,000 to โ‚น5,00,000 ยท 3-member Local Purchase Committee (R.155)
  • ๐Ÿ“Œ5 procurement methods: Advertised Tender ยท Limited Tender ยท Two-Stage Bidding ยท Single Tender ยท Electronic Reverse Auction (R.158)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒE-Publishing exemptions (national security): Secretary + FA concurrence ยท Quarterly statistics to DoE (R.159)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒAdvertised Tender: โ‰ฅโ‚น50 lakhs ยท Min 3 weeks for bid submission (4 weeks if foreign bids) ยท No GTE for tenders โ‰คโ‚น200 crore (R.161)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒLimited Tender: Up to โ‚น50 lakhs ยท More than 3 firms ยท Unsolicited bids not accepted (R.162)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒSingle Tender: 3 circumstances: sole manufacturer / emergency / standardisation of spares ยท Proprietary Article Certificate for (i) & (iii) (R.166)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒBidding document: 7 chapters (R.168)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒBid Security: 2%โ€“5% of estimated value ยท Exempted: MSEs, registered suppliers, DPIIT Startups ยท Valid 45 days beyond bid validity ยท Returned by 30th day after contract award (R.170)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒPerformance Security: 3%โ€“5% (goods/consultancy/non-consultancy) ยท 3%โ€“10% (works) ยท Valid 60 days beyond completion + warranty (R.171)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒAdvance payment: 30% (private firms) ยท 40% (Govt agency/PSU) ยท 6 months (maintenance contracts) ยท Bank guarantee/safeguards mandatory (R.172)
Section IV โ€” Transparency, Integrity and Buy-Back (Rules 173โ€“176)
Rule 173Transparency, Competition, Fairness and Elimination of Arbitrariness โ€” Twenty-Two Measures
  • ๐ŸŽฏAll Government purchases should be made in a transparent, competitive and fair manner to secure best value for money and enable prospective bidders to formulate competitive bids with confidence.
๐Ÿ“Œ Key Measures โ€” Rule 173
  • (i)Bidding document must be self-contained and comprehensive without ambiguities. Essential elements to include:
    • ๐Ÿ“Œ(a) Description, specifications, quantity, time and place of delivery
    • ๐Ÿ“Œ(b) Eligibility and qualification criteria (experience, technical capability, financial position, etc.)
    • ๐Ÿ“Œ(c) Eligibility criteria for goods (legal restrictions, origin conditions)
    • ๐Ÿ“Œ(d) Procedure, date, time and place for sending bids
    • ๐Ÿ“Œ(e) Date, time and place of bid opening
    • ๐Ÿ“Œ(f) Criteria for evaluation of bids
    • ๐Ÿ“Œ(g) Special terms affecting performance
    • ๐Ÿ“Œ(h) Essential terms of the procurement contract
    • ๐Ÿ“Œ(i) Clause that NIL charges/consideration bid = unresponsive, not to be considered
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒNote: Prior turnover and prior experience conditions may be relaxed for Startups (DIPP-defined), subject to quality and technical specifications
  • (iii)Modification to bidding document:
    • ๐Ÿ“Œ(a) Material modifications/clarifications must be published/communicated in the same manner as the original
    • ๐Ÿ“Œ(b) If clarification/modification is issued, time limit for bid submission must be extended if more time is required
    • ๐Ÿ“Œ(c) Bidders who submitted against original invitation may modify, re-submit or withdraw their bid within the (extended) time if modification materially affects essential terms. The last submitted or modified bid shall be considered for evaluation
  • (iv)Suitable provision to enable bidder to question the bidding conditions, process and/or rejection of its bid. Reasons for rejecting a tender or non-issuance of tender document must be disclosed on enquiry.
  • (v)Provision for settlement of disputes arising from the resultant contract to be kept in the bidding document.
  • (vi)Bidding document to clearly state that the resultant contract will be interpreted under Indian Laws.
  • (vii)Bidders should be given reasonable time to prepare and send their bids.
  • (viii)Bids should be opened in public and authorised representatives of bidders shall be permitted to attend bid opening.
  • (ix)Specifications should be clearly stated without ambiguity and should be broad-based to the extent feasible to attract sufficient bidders.
  • (x)Pre-bid conference: Suitable provision to be kept for one or more rounds of pre-bid conference for turn-key contracts, sophisticated/costly equipment or wherever felt necessary. Date, time, place to be indicated in bidding document (sufficiently ahead of bid opening). Records of conference to be intimated to all bidders and exhibited on website(s).
  • (xi)Responsiveness criteria for evaluation: (a) Time of delivery ยท (b) Performance/efficiency/environmental characteristics ยท (c) Terms of payment and guarantees ยท (d) Price ยท (e) Cost of operating, maintaining and repairing
  • (xii)Bids must be evaluated in terms of conditions already in the bidding document. No new condition to be brought in during evaluation. Responsiveness determined based on contents of the bid itself without recourse to extrinsic evidence.
  • (xiii)Bidders shall not be permitted to alter or modify their bids after expiry of the deadline for receipt of bids.
  • (xiv)Post-bid negotiation must be severely discouraged. In exceptional circumstances (ad-hoc procurement, unavoidable circumstances), price negotiation may be resorted to only with the lowest evaluated responsive bidder.
  • (xvi)Contract should ordinarily be awarded to the lowest evaluated bidder whose bid is responsive and who is eligible and qualified. Where the lowest acceptable bidder for ad-hoc requirement cannot supply the full quantity, the remaining quantity shall, as far as possible, be ordered from the next higher responsive bidder at the rates offered by the lowest.
  • (xvii)Energy Efficient Electrical Appliances: Ministries/Departments while procuring electrical appliances notified by DoE shall ensure they carry the notified threshold or higher Star Rating of BEE (Bureau of Energy Efficiency).
  • (xviii)Name of the successful bidder shall be mentioned on GeM-CPPP, Ministry/Department website and notice board or bulletin.
  • (xix)Rejection of all bids is justified when:
    • ๐Ÿ“Œ(a) Effective competition is lacking
    • ๐Ÿ“Œ(b) All bids/proposals are not substantially responsive to procurement document requirements
    • ๐Ÿ“Œ(c) Bid prices are substantially higher than updated cost estimate or available budget
    • ๐Ÿ“Œ(d) None of the technical proposals meets the minimum technical qualifying score
  • (xx)Lack of competition [under (xix)] shall not be determined solely on the basis of the number of bidders. Even if only one bid is submitted, the process may be considered valid if: (a) procurement was satisfactorily advertised with sufficient time ยท (b) qualification criteria were not unduly restrictive ยท (c) prices are reasonable compared to market values.
  • (xxi)When a limited or open tender results in only one effective offer, it shall be treated as a single tender contract.
  • (xxii)In a Purchase Committee where estimated value of procurement exceeds โ‚น50 lakhs, no member of the purchase committee should report directly to any other member of that committee. โ— >โ‚น50L โ€” no direct reporting relationship
Rule 174Efficiency, Economy and Accountability in Public Procurement
  • โฑ๏ธ(i) To reduce delay, appropriate time frame for each stage of procurement should be prescribed by the Ministry or Department.
  • ๐Ÿ“‹(ii) To minimise time for decision-making and contract placement, every Ministry/Department, with the approval of the competent authority, may delegate appropriate purchasing powers to lower functionaries wherever necessary.
  • ๐Ÿ“…(iii) Ministries/Departments should ensure placement of contract within the original validity of the bids. Extension of bid validity must be discouraged and resorted to only in exceptional circumstances.
Rule 175Code of Integrity โ€” Eight Prohibitions and Two Disclosures
  • โš–๏ธSub-rule (1): No official of a procuring entity or a bidder shall act in contravention of the Code, which includes:
โ›” Eight Prohibited Acts โ€” Rule 175(1)(i)
  • (a)Bribery โ€” making offer, solicitation or acceptance of bribe, reward, gift or any material benefit (directly or indirectly) in exchange for unfair advantage or to influence the procurement process
  • (b)Misrepresentation โ€” any omission or misrepresentation that may mislead or attempt to mislead so that financial or other benefit may be obtained or an obligation avoided
  • (c)Collusion / Bid rigging โ€” any collusion, bid rigging or anticompetitive behaviour that may impair transparency, fairness and progress of the procurement process
  • (d)Improper use of information โ€” improper use of information provided by the procuring entity to the bidder for gaining unfair advantage or for personal gain
  • (e)Conflict transactions โ€” any financial or business transactions between the bidder and any official of the procuring entity related to the tender or execution of contract, which can affect the decision of the procuring entity directly or indirectly
  • (f)Coercion / threat โ€” any coercion or threat to impair or harm, directly or indirectly, any party or its property to influence the procurement process
  • (g)Obstruction โ€” obstruction of any investigation or auditing of a procurement process
  • (h)False declaration โ€” making false declaration or providing false information for participation in a tender process or to secure a contract
  • ๐Ÿ“ขSub-rule (1)(ii): Disclosure of conflict of interest is mandatory.
  • ๐Ÿ“ขSub-rule (1)(iii): Bidder must disclose any previous transgressions of sub-clause (i) with any entity in any country during the last 3 years, or of being debarred by any other procuring entity. โ— 3-year lookback
  • โš–๏ธSub-rule (2): The procuring entity, after giving a reasonable opportunity of being heard, may take appropriate measures if it concludes that a bidder or prospective bidder has contravened the code of integrity.
Rule 176Buy-Back Offer
  • ๐Ÿ”„When it is decided, with the approval of the competent authority, to replace an existing old item with a new and better version, the department may trade the existing old item while purchasing the new one.
  • ๐Ÿ“‹A suitable clause shall be incorporated in the bidding document so that prospective bidders can formulate their bids accordingly. The time and mode of handing over the old item to the successful bidder shall be decided based on its value and condition.
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒThe bidding document should also provide suitable provision to enable the purchaser to either trade or not trade the item while purchasing the new one (option kept open).
Section V โ€” Consulting Services (Rules 177โ€“196)
Rule 177Definition of Consulting Services
๐Ÿ“Œ Consulting Service vs Non-Consulting Service
TypeNatureExamples
Consulting ServicesPrimarily non-physical, project-specific, intellectual and procedural processes where outcomes/deliverables vary from one consultant to another ยท Does NOT include direct engagement of a retired Government servantManagement consultants, policy consultants, communications consultants, feasibility studies, project management, engineering services, finance/accounting/taxation services, training and development
Non-Consulting ServicesInvolve physical, measurable deliverables/outcomes where performance standards can be clearly identified and consistently appliedMaintenance, hiring of vehicles, building facilities management, security, photocopier service, janitor, office errand services, drilling, aerial photography, satellite imagery, mapping
Rules 178โ€“182Engagement of Consultants โ€” Preliminary Steps
  • ๐Ÿ“‹R.178: Ministries/Departments may hire external professionals, consultancy firms or consultants for a specific job, which is well defined in terms of content and time frame for its completion.
  • โœ…R.180: Engagement of consultants may be resorted to in situations requiring high quality services for which the Ministry/Department does not have requisite expertise. Approval of the competent authority shall be obtained before engaging consultants.
  • ๐Ÿ“R.181: Ministries/Departments should prepare in simple and concise language the requirement, objectives and scope of the assignment. Eligibility and prequalification criteria for consultants should also be identified at this stage.
  • ๐Ÿ’ฐR.182: Ministry/Department should estimate reasonable expenditure by ascertaining prevalent market conditions and consulting other organisations engaged in similar activities.
Rule 183Identification of Likely Sources โ€” Two Tiers
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Sub-rule (i) โ€” Estimated cost up to โ‚น50 lakhs: Preparation of a long list of potential consultants may be done on the basis of formal or informal enquiries from other Ministries/Departments, Chambers of Commerce & Industry, Association of consultancy firms, etc.
  • ๐Ÿ“ขSub-rule (ii) โ€” Estimated cost above โ‚น50 lakhs: In addition to (i), an enquiry for seeking Expression of Interest (EOI) shall be published on GeM as well as GeM-CPPP (and own website). EOI should include: broad scope of work ยท inputs to be provided by Ministry ยท eligibility and prequalification criteria ยท consultant's past experience in similar work. Consultants may be asked for comments on objectives and scope. Adequate time shall be allowed. โ— >โ‚น50L โ€” EOI on GeM-CPPP
Rule 184Short-Listing of Consultants โ€” Minimum Three
  • ๐Ÿ“‹On the basis of responses received as per Rule 183, consultants meeting requirements should be short-listed. Number of short-listed consultants should not be less than three. โ— Minimum 3
Rule 185Preparation of Terms of Reference (TOR) โ€” Five Elements
โญ TOR Must Include โ€” Five Elements
  • 1๏ธโƒฃPrecise statement of objectives
  • 2๏ธโƒฃOutline of the tasks to be carried out
  • 3๏ธโƒฃSchedule for completion of tasks
  • 4๏ธโƒฃThe support or inputs to be provided by the Ministry/Department to facilitate the consultancy
  • 5๏ธโƒฃThe final outputs that will be required of the Consultant
Rule 186Preparation and Issue of Request for Proposal (RFP) โ€” Nine Contents
  • ๐Ÿ“‹RFP is the document used by the Ministry/Department for obtaining offers from consultants. Issued to short-listed consultants to seek their technical and financial proposals. RFP should contain:
๐Ÿ“Œ Nine Contents of an RFP
  • 1๏ธโƒฃA Letter of Invitation
  • 2๏ธโƒฃInformation to Consultants regarding procedure for submission of proposal
  • 3๏ธโƒฃTerms of Reference (TOR)
  • 4๏ธโƒฃEligibility and pre-qualification criteria (if not ascertained through EOI)
  • 5๏ธโƒฃList of key positions whose CV and experience would be evaluated
  • 6๏ธโƒฃBid evaluation criteria and selection procedure
  • 7๏ธโƒฃStandard formats for technical and financial proposal
  • 8๏ธโƒฃProposed contract terms
  • 9๏ธโƒฃProcedure for mid-term review of progress and review of the final draft report
Rules 187โ€“190Receipt, Opening and Evaluation of Proposals
  • โœ‰๏ธR.187 โ€” Receipt and Opening: Proposals to be asked in Two-bid system โ€” technical and financial bids sealed separately, both placed in a bigger sealed envelope. On receipt, technical proposals opened first at the specified date, time and place.
  • โ›”R.188 โ€” Late Bids: Not to be considered.
  • ๐Ÿ“ŠR.189 โ€” Technical Evaluation: Technical bids analysed and evaluated by a Consultancy Evaluation Committee (CEC) constituted by the Ministry/Department. CEC shall record in detail the reasons for acceptance or rejection of technical proposals.
  • ๐Ÿ’ฐR.190 โ€” Financial Evaluation: Financial bids opened only for bidders declared technically qualified by the CEC (per Rule 189) โ€” for further analysis, evaluation, ranking and selection of the successful bidder.
Rule 191Methods of Selection / Evaluation of Consultancy Proposals โ€” Three Methods
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒThe basis of selection of the consultant shall follow any of the methods given in Rules 192 to 194 as appropriate for the circumstances in each case.
๐Ÿ“Œ Three Methods of Consultancy Selection
  • 1๏ธโƒฃQuality and Cost Based Selection (QCBS) โ€” Rule 192
  • 2๏ธโƒฃLeast Cost System (LCS) โ€” Rule 193
  • 3๏ธโƒฃSingle Source Selection / Consultancy by Nomination โ€” Rule 194
Rule 192Quality and Cost Based Selection (QCBS)
  • ๐ŸŽฏUsed where quality of consultancy is of prime concern.
  • ๐Ÿ“ŠStep 1: Quality of technical proposals scored as per criteria announced in the RFP. Only responsive proposals achieving at least the minimum specified qualifying score in technical quality are considered further.
  • ๐Ÿ“ŠStep 2: Financial proposals of technically qualified bidders are opened and scored. A final combined score is arrived at by giving predefined relative weightages to technical score and financial score.
  • ๐Ÿ“‹RFP shall specify the minimum qualifying score for technical quality and the relative weightages to be given to quality and cost (determined per case, e.g. 70:30, 60:40, 50:50). Proposal with the highest weighted combined score shall be selected.
  • โš ๏ธThe weightage of technical (non-financial) parameters shall in no case exceed 80%. โ— Technical weight โ‰ค80%
Rule 193Least Cost System (LCS)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒAppropriate for assignments of a standard or routine nature (such as audits and engineering design of non-complex works) where well-established methodologies, practices and standards exist.
  • ๐Ÿ’ฐUnlike QCBS, there is no weightage for technical score in the final evaluation. The responsive technically qualified proposal with the lowest evaluated cost shall be selected.
Rule 194Single Source Selection / Consultancy by Nomination โ€” Five Circumstances
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒSelection by direct negotiation/nomination (on lines of Single Tender for goods) is appropriate only under exceptional circumstances:
โญ Five Circumstances for Single Source Selection
  • 1๏ธโƒฃ(i) Tasks that represent a natural continuation of previous work carried out by the firm
  • 2๏ธโƒฃ(ii) In case of emergency, natural disasters, or where timely completion is of utmost importance
  • 3๏ธโƒฃ(iii) Execution involves proprietary techniques or only one consultant has the requisite expertise
  • 4๏ธโƒฃ(iv) Under special circumstances where adequate justification is available in the overall interest of the Ministry/Department โ€” full justification recorded in file + competent authority approval before resorting to single-source selection
  • 5๏ธโƒฃ(v) A procedure must be in place to ensure: fairness and equity ยท prices are reasonable and consistent with market rates for similar tasks ยท required consultancy services are not split into smaller procurements
Rule 195Monitoring the Consultancy Contract
  • ๐Ÿ‘๏ธThe Ministry/Department should be involved throughout in the conduct of consultancy, preferably by taking a task force approach and continuously monitoring the performance of the consultant(s) so that the output is in line with the Ministry/Department's objectives.
Rule 196Public Competition for Design of Symbols / Logos
  • ๐ŸŽจDesign competition shall be conducted in a transparent, fair and objective manner with wide publicity to ensure information is accessible to all possible participants.
  • ๐ŸŒPublication on the Ministry/Department website as well as on GeM-CPPP is required. If selection is by a jury of experts nominated for the purpose, the composition of the jury may also be notified.
Section VI โ€” Outsourcing / Non-Consulting Services (Rules 197โ€“206)
Rule 197Definition โ€” Non-Consulting Services
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒNon-Consulting Services involve physical, measurable deliverables/outcomes where performance standards can be clearly identified and consistently applied โ€” other than goods or works (except those incidental to the service).
  • ๐Ÿ”งExamples: Maintenance ยท Hiring of vehicles ยท Building facilities management ยท Security ยท Photocopier service ยท Janitor ยท Office errand services ยท Drilling ยท Aerial photography ยท Satellite imagery ยท Mapping
Rule 198Procurement of Non-Consulting Services โ€” General
  • ๐Ÿ“‹A Ministry or Department may procure certain non-consulting services in the interest of economy and efficiency and may prescribe detailed instructions and procedures for this purpose, without contravening the basic guidelines in Rules 198โ€“206.
Rule 199Identification of Likely Contractors
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Ministry/Department should prepare a list of likely and potential contractors on the basis of formal or informal enquiries from other Ministries/Departments and organisations involved in similar activities, scrutiny of Yellow Pages, trade journals, websites, etc.
Rule 200Preparation of Tender Enquiry โ€” Four Elements
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Ministry/Department should prepare a tender enquiry containing, inter alia:
โญ Four Elements of Non-Consulting Tender Enquiry
  • 1๏ธโƒฃDetails of the work or service to be performed by the contractor
  • 2๏ธโƒฃThe facilities and inputs to be provided to the contractor by the Ministry/Department
  • 3๏ธโƒฃEligibility and qualification criteria to be met by the contractor
  • 4๏ธโƒฃThe statutory and contractual obligations to be complied with by the contractor
Rule 201Invitation of Bids โ€” Two Tiers
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Sub-rule (i) โ€” Up to โ‚น50 lakhs: Scrutinise the preliminary list of contractors (Rule 199), decide prima facie eligible and capable contractors, and issue Limited Tender Enquiry to them. Number of contractors for LTE shall be more than three. โ— >3 contractors
  • ๐Ÿ“ขSub-rule (ii) โ€” Above โ‚น50 lakhs: Issue advertisement on GeM as well as GeM-CPPP (and own website). Advertisement must give complete web address for downloading bidding documents. โ— >โ‚น50L โ€” GeM + GeM-CPPP
Rule 202Late Bids โ€” Not to Be Considered
  • โ›”Late bids (received after the specified date and time) shall not be considered.
Rule 203Evaluation of Bids Received
  • ๐Ÿ“ŠThe Ministry/Department should evaluate, segregate, rank the responsive bids and select the successful bidder for placement of the contract.
Rule 204Procurement of Non-Consulting Services by Nomination โ€” Exceptional Circumstances
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒShould it become necessary in an exceptional situation to procure a non-consulting service from a specifically chosen contractor, the Competent Authority in the Ministry/Department may do so in consultation with the Financial Adviser.
  • ๐Ÿ“‹In such cases, the detailed justification, circumstances leading to such procurement by choice, and the special interest or purpose it shall serve, shall form an integral part of the proposal.
Rule 205Monitoring the Non-Consulting Services Contract
  • ๐Ÿ‘๏ธThe Ministry/Department should be involved throughout in the conduct of the contract and continuously monitor the performance of the contractor.
Rule 206Residual Applicability โ€” Rules 142โ€“176 Apply
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒAny circumstances not covered in Rules 198โ€“205 for procurement of non-consulting services shall be governed by Rules 142 to 176 (pertaining to procurement of goods) and not the rules pertaining to procurement of consulting services.
โญ Additional Key Numbers and Facts โ€” Rules 173โ€“206
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒNIL bid = unresponsive, not to be considered (R.173(i))
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒPrior turnover/experience relaxable for DIPP-recognised Startups (R.173(i))
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒPost-bid negotiation severely discouraged; if unavoidable (ad-hoc), only with lowest evaluated responsive bidder (R.173(xiv))
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒOne effective offer in open/limited tender = treated as single tender contract (R.173(xxi))
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒPurchase Committee with value >โ‚น50 lakhs: No member shall directly report to another member of the same committee (R.173(xxii))
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒCode of Integrity โ€” 8 prohibited acts ยท Prior transgressions disclosure for last 3 years (R.175)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒConsulting EOI published on GeM-CPPP when estimated cost is above โ‚น50 lakhs (R.183)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒShort-listed consultants: minimum 3 (R.184)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒTOR: 5 elements (R.185) ยท RFP: 9 contents (R.186)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒCEC (Consultancy Evaluation Committee) โ€” evaluates technical bids and must record detailed reasons for acceptance/rejection (R.189)
  • ๐Ÿ“Œ3 consultancy selection methods: QCBS ยท LCS ยท Single Source / Nomination (R.191โ€“194)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒQCBS: Technical weightage shall not exceed 80% (R.192)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒLCS: No technical weightage in final score; lowest cost among technically qualified = selected (R.193)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒSingle Source consultancy: 5 circumstances ยท Full justification on file ยท Competent authority approval (R.194)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒNon-consulting services: LTE for โ‰คโ‚น50L (>3 contractors) ยท Open tender/GeM-CPPP for >โ‚น50L (R.201)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒNomination for non-consulting: Competent Authority + FA consultation ยท Justification integral part of proposal (R.204)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒResidual gaps in non-consulting rules: governed by R.142โ€“176 (goods rules), NOT consulting rules (R.206)
Chapter 7
Inventory Management
Rules 207 to 223  ยท  Receipt ยท Custody ยท Verification ยท Disposal ยท Write-off
Rules at a Glance
Rule No.Rule TitleKey Point
Rule 207Scope and ApplicationBasic rules for all Ministries/Depts ยท Detailed instructions may be prescribed in conformity with this chapter
Rule 208Receipt from Private SuppliersCount/measure/weigh + visual inspection at receipt ยท Technical inspection where required ยท Entry in stock register (IT-based preferred) ยท Officer's certificate of receipt
Rule 209Receipt/Issue from Internal DivisionsIndent in prescribed form ยท Examine/count at receipt ยท Written/online acknowledgement mandatory ยท Materials to contractor โ†’ cost particulars & recovery rates acknowledged ยท Partial supply with note in indent copy
Rule 210Custody of GoodsSafe custody arrangements ยท Proper storage ยท Temperature, dust-free environment etc. for valuable/combustible articles
Rule 211Lists and Accounts โ€” GFR FormsItem-wise lists and accounts ยท Check actual vs book balances at any time ยท GFR-22 (Fixed Assets) ยท GFR-23 (Consumables) ยท GFR-18 (Library Books) ยท GFR-24 (Historical/Artistic Assets)
Rule 212Hiring Out of Fixed AssetsProper record of assets ยท Hire charges recovered regularly ยท Charges based on historical cost
Rule 213Physical VerificationFixed assets: at least once a year ยท Consumables: at least once a year ยท In presence of custody officer ยท Certificate of verification in stock register ยท Discrepancies โ†’ R.33โ€“38
Rule 214Buffer StockOptimum buffer stock determined by competent authority ยท Item in stock >1 year = generally surplus ยท Deal as per R.217
Rule 215Physical Verification of Library Booksโ‰ค20,000 vol: yearly ยท 20,001โ€“50,000 vol: once in 3 years ยท >50,000 vol: sample verification every 3 years ยท Loss of 5 per 1,000 volumes issued = reasonable ยท Book >โ‚น1,000 or rare books โ†’ investigated
Rule 216Transfer of ChargeGoods handed over to successor correctly ยท Statement signed by both relieving and relieved officer ยท Each retains a copy
Rule 217Disposal of GoodsDeclare surplus/obsolete/unserviceable with recorded reasons ยท Committee may be constituted ยท Book value/guiding/reserved price worked out ยท Form GFR-10 ยท Negligence โ†’ fix responsibility ยท Hazardous waste per MoEF guidelines
Rule 218Modes of DisposalResidual value >โ‚น4 lakh โ†’ advertised tender or public auction ยท <โ‚น4 lakh โ†’ competent authority decides ยท Hazardous/expired items โ†’ destroy immediately ยท Security items โ†’ destroy per official secrets rules
Rule 219Disposal through Advertised Tender8-step process ยท Bid security = 10% of assessed/reserved price ยท Highest responsive bidder accepted ยท Negotiation only with that bidder ยท Full payment before release ยท Default โ†’ forfeit bid security + re-sale at defaulter's risk & cost
Rule 220Disposal through AuctionDirect or through approved auctioneers ยท Wide publicity ยท Earnest money โ‰ฅ25% of bid value immediately on acceptance ยท Balance before handing over ยท IFW officer must be on auction team
Rule 221Disposal at Scrap Value / Other ModesIf tender and auction both fail โ†’ scrap value with Finance division concurrence ยท If unsold even at scrap โ†’ any mode including eco-friendly destruction
Rule 222Sale AccountSale account in Form GFR-11 ยท Signed by officer who supervised the sale/auction
Rule 223Write-off of LossesFormal sanction from competent authority mandatory even if no account adjustment ยท Powers under DFPR ยท Losses due to depreciation: 4 heads ยท Losses not due to depreciation: 5 heads
Receipt, Custody and Accounts โ€” Rules 207โ€“212
Rule 207 Scope and Application
  • ๐Ÿ“‹This chapter contains the basic rules applicable to all Ministries or Departments regarding inventory management.
  • ๐Ÿ“Detailed instructions and procedures relating to inventory management may be prescribed by various Ministries or Departments broadly in conformity with the basic rules contained in this chapter.
Rule 208 Receipt of Goods and Materials from Private Suppliers
  • ๐Ÿ“œ(i) The officer-in-charge of stores should refer to the relevant contract terms and follow the prescribed procedure for receiving materials.
  • โš–๏ธ(ii) All materials shall be counted, measured or weighed and subjected to visual inspection at the time of receipt to ensure:
    • โœ…Quantities are correct
    • โœ…Quality is according to required specifications
    • โœ…No damage or deficiency in the materials
    Technical inspection where required should be carried out at this stage by Technical Inspector or Agency approved for the purpose.
  • ๐Ÿ“’(iii) Details of material received shall be entered in the appropriate stock register, preferably in an IT-based system. The officer-in-charge of stores should certify that he has actually received the material and recorded it in the appropriate stock registers.
Rule 209 Receipt / Issue of Goods from Internal Divisions
  • ๐Ÿ“‹(i) Receiving from internal divisions: The indenting officer shall project an indent in the prescribed form. On receipt, he shall examine, count, measure or weigh materials and provide an appropriate receipt to the sending division.
  • โœ๏ธ(ii) Issue from stock for departmental use: The officer-in-charge of stores shall ensure an indent in the prescribed form has been projected. A written/online acknowledgement of receipt shall be obtained from the indenting officer or his authorised representative at the time of issue.
  • ๐Ÿ—๏ธ(iii) Issue to contractor (cost recoverable): All relevant particulars โ€” including recovery rates and total value chargeable to the contractor โ€” should be got acknowledged from the contractor, duly signed and dated. โ— Exam point
  • ๐Ÿ“(iv) Partial supply: If unable to comply with the indent in full, the officer-in-charge should make supply to the extent available and make a suitable entry in the indentor's copy of the indent. If alternatives are available, a suitable indication may be made in the document.
Rule 210 Custody of Goods and Materials
  • ๐Ÿ”’The officer-in-charge of stores having custody of goods and materials โ€” especially valuable and/or combustible articles โ€” shall take appropriate steps for:
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒSafe custody
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒProper storage accommodation
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒArrangements for maintaining required temperature, dust-free environment, etc.
Rule 211 Lists and Accounts โ€” GFR Forms for Different Asset Types
  • ๐Ÿ“’(i) The officer-in-charge shall maintain suitable item-wise lists and accounts and prepare accurate returns in respect of goods and materials in his charge, making it possible at any point of time to check actual balances with book balances.
Sub-clause (ii) โ€” Four Separate Accounts
๐Ÿ“‹ GFR Forms for Stock Accounts
CategoryExamplesForm
Fixed AssetsPlant, machinery, equipment, furniture, fixturesGFR-22
ConsumablesOffice stationery, chemicals, maintenance spare partsGFR-23
Library BooksBooks held in government librariesGFR-18
Historical / Artistic AssetsAssets held by museums/govt. departmentsGFR-24
Rule 212 Hiring Out of Fixed Assets
  • ๐Ÿ“‹When a fixed asset is hired to local bodies, contractors or others, proper record should be kept of the assets.
  • ๐Ÿ’ฐHire and other charges as determined under rules prescribed by the competent authority shall be recovered regularly.
  • ๐Ÿ“Calculation of charges shall be based on the historical cost of the asset. โญ Historical cost basis
Physical Verification and Buffer Stock โ€” Rules 213โ€“216
Rule 213 Physical Verification โ€” Fixed Assets and Consumables
Sub-rule (1) โ€” Fixed Assets
  • ๐ŸญThe inventory for fixed assets shall ordinarily be maintained at site.
  • ๐Ÿ“…Fixed assets should be verified at least once in a year and the outcome of verification recorded in the corresponding register. โ— Once a year
  • ๐Ÿ”Discrepancies, if any, shall be promptly investigated and brought to account.
Sub-rule (2) โ€” Consumables
  • ๐Ÿ“ฆA physical verification of all consumable goods and materials should be undertaken at least once in a year and discrepancies shall be recorded in the stock register for appropriate action by the competent authority.
Sub-rule (3) โ€” Procedure for Verification
  • 1๏ธโƒฃVerification shall always be made in the presence of the officer responsible for custody of the inventory being verified.
  • 2๏ธโƒฃA certificate of verification along with the findings shall be recorded in the stock register.
  • 3๏ธโƒฃDiscrepancies including shortages, damages and unserviceable goods identified during verification shall immediately be brought to the notice of the competent authority for action in accordance with Rules 33 to 38 (Loss reporting and responsibility).
Rule 214 Buffer Stock
  • ๐Ÿ“ŠDepending on the frequency of requirement, quantity thereof, and pattern of supply of a consumable material, optimum buffer stock should be determined by the competent authority.
โš ๏ธ Surplus Rule: As inventory carrying cost is an expenditure that does not add value to the material stocked, a material remaining in stock for over one year shall generally be considered surplus, unless adequate reasons to treat it otherwise exist. Items so declared surplus shall be dealt with as per Rule 217. โ— >1 year in stock = surplus
Rule 215 Physical Verification of Library Books
Sub-rule (i) โ€” Verification Frequency by Library Size
โญ Library Verification Schedule โ€” Three Tiers
Library Size (Volumes)Type of VerificationFrequency
Up to 20,000Complete verificationEvery year
20,001 โ€“ 50,000Complete verificationAt least once in 3 years
More than 50,000Sample verificationIntervals โ‰ค 3 years
  • โš ๏ธIn case sample verification reveals unusual or unreasonable shortages, complete verification shall be done.
Sub-rule (ii) โ€” Acceptable Loss in Libraries
  • ๐Ÿ“ŠLoss of five volumes per one thousand volumes of books issued/consulted in a year may be taken as reasonable โ€” provided such losses are not attributable to dishonesty or negligence. โญ 5 per 1,000 = reasonable
  • ๐Ÿ”However, loss of a book of value exceeding โ‚น1,000 and rare books irrespective of value shall invariably be investigated and appropriate action taken. โ— โ‚น1,000 threshold
Rule 216 Transfer of Charge of Goods and Materials
  • ๐Ÿ”„In case of transfer of Officer-in-charge of the goods, materials, etc., the transferred officer shall see that the goods or materials are made over correctly to his successor.
  • ๐Ÿ“‹A statement giving all relevant details of the goods/materials in question shall be prepared and signed with date by both the relieving officer and the relieved officer.
  • ๐Ÿ“„Each of these officers will retain a copy of the signed statement.
Disposal of Goods and Write-off โ€” Rules 217โ€“223
Rule 217 Disposal of Goods โ€” Declaration and Process
  • ๐Ÿ“‹(i) An item may be declared surplus or obsolete or unserviceable if it is of no use to the Ministry or Department. Reasons for declaring the item surplus/obsolete/unserviceable should be recorded by the authority competent to purchase the item.
  • ๐Ÿ‘ฅ(ii) The competent authority may constitute a committee at appropriate level to declare items as surplus/obsolete/unserviceable.
  • ๐Ÿ’ฐ(iii) The book value, guiding price and reserved price should be worked out before disposal. Where book value is not possible to work out, the original purchase price may be utilised. A report of stores for disposal shall be prepared in Form GFR-10.
  • โš–๏ธ(iv) If an item becomes unserviceable due to negligence, fraud or mischief on the part of a government servant, responsibility for the same should be fixed.
  • โ˜ ๏ธ(v) Hazardous waste/Scrap Batteries/E-waste: Scrap lots comprising hazardous waste, batteries, etc. shall be sold keeping in view the guidelines of the Ministry of Environment & Forest. Prospective bidders must hold valid registration as recycler/preprocessor agency on the date of e-Auction and delivery.
Rule 218 Modes of Disposal โ€” Based on Residual Value
โญ Disposal Mode Decision Chart
Residual ValueMode of Disposal
Above โ‚น4 lakhAdvertised tender OR Public auction (mandatory)
Below โ‚น4 lakhMode determined by competent authority (to avoid accumulation & deterioration)
Hazardous / expired items
(expired medicines, food grain, ammunition)
โš ๏ธ Dispose / Destroy immediately โ€” to avoid health hazard, environmental pollution and misuse
Security-sensitive items
(currency, stamps, receipt books, negotiable instruments)
Dispose / Destroy per official secrets rules and financial prudence
Rule 219 Disposal through Advertised Tender
Eight Steps of the Process
  • 1๏ธโƒฃPreparation of bidding documents
  • 2๏ธโƒฃInvitation of tender for the surplus goods to be sold
  • 3๏ธโƒฃOpening of bids
  • 4๏ธโƒฃAnalysis and evaluation of bids received
  • 5๏ธโƒฃSelection of highest responsive bidder
  • 6๏ธโƒฃCollection of sale value from the selected bidder
  • 7๏ธโƒฃIssue of sale release order to the selected bidder
  • 8๏ธโƒฃRelease of sold surplus goods to the selected bidder ยท Return of bid security to unsuccessful bidders
Key Conditions
  • ๐Ÿ“ฃTransparency, competition, fairness, elimination of discretion are the basic principles. Wide publicity of the sale plan is mandatory.
  • ๐Ÿ”Bidding documents must indicate the location and present condition of goods so bidders can inspect before bidding.
  • ๐Ÿ’ฐBid security = ordinarily 10% of the assessed or reserved price. The exact amount must be stated in the bidding document. โ— 10% bid security
  • ๐Ÿ†Highest acceptable responsive bidder shall normally be accepted. Negotiation is permissible only with that bidder. If negotiation fails, the reasonable price may be counter-offered to the next highest responsive bidder(s).
  • ๐Ÿ“ฆIf the total quantity cannot be taken by the highest acceptable bidder, the remaining quantity may be offered to the next higher bidder(s) at the price offered by the highest acceptable bidder.
  • ๐Ÿ’ณFull payment (residual amount after adjusting bid security) shall be obtained from the successful bidder before releasing the goods.
  • โš ๏ธDefault by selected bidder: Bid security shall be forfeited and the goods re-sold at the risk and cost of the defaulter after obtaining legal advice.
  • โฐLate bids i.e. bids received after the specified date and time of receipt shall not be considered.
Rule 220 Disposal through Auction
  • ๐Ÿ”จA Ministry or Department may undertake auction of goods either directly or through approved auctioneers.
  • ๐Ÿ“ฃThe basic principles are the same as for advertised tender โ€” transparency, competition, fairness and elimination of discretion. The auction plan must be widely publicised.
  • ๐ŸŽคAt the start of the auction, the condition and location of goods, terms and conditions of sale shall be announced again for the benefit of assembled bidders.
  • ๐Ÿ’ฐOn acceptance of a bid, earnest money of not less than 25% of the bid value shall be taken immediately on the spot from the successful bidder โ€” in cash or by Deposit-at-Call-Receipt (DACR) in favour of the Ministry/Department. โ— 25% earnest money at auction
  • ๐Ÿ“ฆGoods shall be handed over to the successful bidder only after receiving the balance payment.
  • ๐Ÿ‘ฅThe composition of the auction team shall be decided by the competent authority. The team must include an officer of the Internal Finance Wing of the department. โญ IFW officer mandatory
โญ Advertised Tender vs Auction โ€” Key Numbers
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒAdvertised Tender: Bid security = 10% of assessed/reserved price
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒAuction: Earnest money = โ‰ฅ 25% of bid value, collected on the spot
Rule 221 Disposal at Scrap Value or Other Modes
  • ๐Ÿ—‘๏ธIf a Ministry or Department is unable to sell any surplus/obsolete/unserviceable item despite attempts through both advertised tender and auction, it may dispose of the same at its scrap value with the approval of the competent authority in consultation with Finance division.
  • โ™ป๏ธIf unable to sell even at scrap value, it may adopt any other mode of disposal including destruction of the item in an eco-friendly manner.
๐Ÿ“Œ Disposal Escalation Sequence
  • 1๏ธโƒฃAdvertised Tender / Auction (if residual value > โ‚น4 lakh) โ†’ R.218โ€“220
  • 2๏ธโƒฃIf both fail โ†’ Scrap value with competent authority approval + Finance concurrence โ†’ R.221
  • 3๏ธโƒฃIf still unsold โ†’ Any other mode including eco-friendly destruction โ†’ R.221
Rule 222 Sale Account
  • ๐Ÿ“‹A sale account should be prepared for goods disposed of in Form GFR-11, duly signed by the officer who supervised the sale or auction.
Rule 223 Write-off of Losses โ€” Powers and Classification
Sub-rule (1) โ€” Formal Sanction is Always Required
  • ๐Ÿ“‹All profits and losses due to revaluation, stock-taking or other causes shall be duly recorded and adjusted where necessary.
  • โš ๏ธFormal sanction of the competent authority shall be obtained in respect of losses, even though no formal correction or adjustment in Government accounts is involved.
  • ๐Ÿ“œPowers to write off losses are available under the Delegation of Financial Powers Rules (DFPR).
Sub-rule (2) โ€” Losses Due to Depreciation: 4 Heads
๐Ÿ“‹ Losses Due to Depreciation
  • 1๏ธโƒฃNormal fluctuation of market prices
  • 2๏ธโƒฃNormal wear and tear
  • 3๏ธโƒฃLack of foresight in regulating purchases
  • 4๏ธโƒฃNegligence after purchase
Sub-rule (3) โ€” Losses NOT Due to Depreciation: 5 Heads
๐Ÿ“‹ Losses Not Due to Depreciation
  • 1๏ธโƒฃLosses due to theft or fraud
  • 2๏ธโƒฃLosses due to neglect
  • 3๏ธโƒฃAnticipated losses on account of obsolescence of stores or purchases in excess of requirements
  • 4๏ธโƒฃLosses due to damage
  • 5๏ธโƒฃLosses due to extraordinary situations under 'Force Majeure' conditions โ€” fire, flood, enemy action, etc.
โญ Numbers to Remember โ€” Chapter 7
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒGFR-22 โ€” Fixed Assets ยท GFR-23 โ€” Consumables ยท GFR-18 โ€” Library Books ยท GFR-24 โ€” Historical/Artistic Assets (R.211)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒAt least once a year โ€” Physical verification of fixed assets and consumables (R.213)
  • ๐Ÿ“Œ> 1 year in stock โ€” Generally treated as surplus (R.214)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒLibrary books โ€” โ‰ค20,000: yearly ยท 20,001โ€“50,000: once in 3 years ยท >50,000: sample every 3 years (R.215)
  • ๐Ÿ“Œ5 per 1,000 volumes issued โ€” Reasonable loss in libraries ยท Book >โ‚น1,000 or rare book โ†’ investigate (R.215)
  • ๐Ÿ“Œโ‚น4 lakh threshold โ€” Above โ†’ advertised tender or auction mandatory ยท Below โ†’ competent authority decides (R.218)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒBid security = 10% of assessed/reserved price (advertised tender) (R.219)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒEarnest money โ‰ฅ 25% of bid value collected on the spot (auction) (R.220)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒGFR-10 โ€” Report of stores for disposal ยท GFR-11 โ€” Sale account (R.217, R.222)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒIFW officer mandatory in auction team (R.220)
  • ๐Ÿ“Œ4 heads of depreciation losses ยท 5 heads of non-depreciation losses (R.223)
Chapter 8
Contract Management
Rules 224 to 227A  ยท  Authority ยท General Principles ยท Management ยท Disputes & Arbitration
Rules at a Glance
Rule No.Rule TitleKey Point
Rule 224Authority to Make ContractsArt.299(1) ยท Empowered by or under orders of the President ยท Executed "for and on behalf of the President of India" ยท Powers under DFPR Rule 11
Rule 225General Principles for Contracts (19 sub-clauses)Precise terms ยท Standard forms ยท Legal & financial advice ยท Purchase orders โ‰คโ‚น2.5L ยท Contract document for works/purchases โ‰ฅโ‚น10L ยท Execution within 21 days of LoA ยท Cost plus to be avoided ยท Price variation only for delivery >18 months ยท LD clause mandatory ยท Warranty clause mandatory ยท No claim after 3 years ยท Copies of contracts โ‰ฅโ‚น25L to Audit/Accounts
Rule 226Management of ContractsStrict monitoring ยท Prompt notices on breach ยท Monthly review of BGs expiring in 3 months ยท Extensions of BGs sought immediately
Rule 227Legal Advice on DisputesLegal advice before conciliation/arbitration/suit ยท Draft plaint vetted by legal & financial advice ยท Documents scrutinised to safeguard Govt. interest
Rule 227AArbitration AwardsIf award challenged โ†’ Ministry pays 75% of award against Bank Guarantee ยท May be into Escrow Account ยท Used first for lenders' dues, then project completion, then other projects
Authority to Contract โ€” Rule 224
Rule 224 Authority to Make Contracts โ€” Article 299(1)
Sub-rule (1) โ€” Empowered Authority
  • โš–๏ธAll contracts shall be made by an authority empowered to do so by or under the orders of the President in terms of Article 299(1) of the Constitution of India.
Sub-rule (2) โ€” Execution on Behalf of the President
  • ๐Ÿ›๏ธAll contracts and assurances of property made in the exercise of the executive power of the Union shall be executed on behalf of the President.
  • ๐Ÿ“The words "for and on behalf of the President of India" should follow the designation appended below the signature of the authorised officer. โ— Exact wording required
๐Ÿ“Œ Constitutional & Legal Basis
  • โš–๏ธArticle 299(1): All contracts made in exercise of executive power of the Union shall be expressed to be made by the President and executed by persons authorised by the President.
  • ๐Ÿ“œClasses of contracts and assurances of property are specified in Notifications issued by the Ministry of Law.
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Powers, conditions and general procedure are laid down in Rule 11 of the DFPR.
General Principles for Contracts โ€” Rule 225
Rule 225 General Principles for Contracts โ€” 19 Sub-clauses
(i) Precise and Definite Terms
  • ๐Ÿ“‹The terms of contract must be precise, definite and without any ambiguities. The terms should not involve an uncertain or indefinite liability, except in the case of a cost plus contract or where there is a price variation clause.
(ii) Standard Forms of Contract
  • ๐Ÿ“„Standard forms of contracts should be adopted wherever possible, with such modifications as are considered necessary for individual contracts. Modifications should be carried out only after obtaining financial and legal advice.
(iii) Legal & Financial Advice for Non-Standard Contracts
  • โš–๏ธWhere standard forms are not used, legal and financial advice should be taken in drafting the clauses.
(iv) Type of Contract Document Based on Value
โญ Contract Document Requirements by Value
Value / TypeDocument Required
Purchases โ‰ค โ‚น2.5 lakhSimple Purchase Order with basic terms and conditions
Works contracts or Purchases โ‚น1 lakh โ€“ โ‚น10 lakhs (with GCC + SCC in tender docs)Letter of Acceptance creates binding contract
Works โ‰ฅ โ‚น10 lakhs or Purchases > โ‚น10 lakhsFull Contract Document with all necessary clauses (self-contained) ยท Or simple one-page contract attaching GCC, SCC, specifications, offer, LoA
Turnkey works / Maintenance agreements / Service provisionContract document invariably executed
(v) No Work without Agreement
  • โ›”No work of any kind should be commenced without proper execution of an agreement as given in the foregoing provisions.
(vi) Execution Within 21 Days of Letter of Acceptance
โš ๏ธ Contract document shall be executed within 21 days of the issue of letter of acceptance. Non-fulfilment of this condition by the Contractor or Supplier constitutes sufficient ground for annulment of the award and forfeiture of Earnest Money Deposit. โ— 21 days
(vii) Cost Plus Contracts โ€” To Be Avoided
  • โ›”Cost plus contracts should ordinarily be avoided. Where unavoidable, full justification shall be recorded before entering into the contract.
  • ๐Ÿ”„Where such contracts continue over a long duration, efforts should be made to convert future contracts to a firm price basis after allowing a reasonable period for the supplier/contractor to stabilise their production/execution methods.
๐Ÿ“Œ Definition โ€” Cost Plus Contract
  • ๐Ÿ’กA contract in which the price payable is determined on the basis of actual cost of production + profit โ€” either at a fixed rate per unit or at a fixed percentage on actual cost of production.
(viii) Price Variation Clause (PVC) โ€” 11 Sub-conditions
โญ Price Variation Clause โ€” Key Rules
  • ๐Ÿ“…(a) PVC can be provided only in long-term contracts where the delivery period extends beyond 18 months. Short-term contracts must have firm and fixed prices. โ— >18 months only
  • ๐Ÿ“Š(a) The price agreed upon should specify the base level (month and year) to which the price is linked, to enable calculation of variations.
  • ๐Ÿ“(b) A formula for calculation of price variations between the Base Level and Scheduled Delivery Date should be included. Variations are calculated using indices published by Governments or Chambers of Commerce (Appendix-11).
  • โœ‚๏ธ(c) PVC should specify cut-off dates for material and labour, as these taper off well before Scheduled Delivery Dates.
  • ๐Ÿ”’(d) PVC should provide for a ceiling on price variations โ€” either a percentage per annum, an overall ceiling, or both. Buyer must ensure benefit of any price reduction is also passed on.
  • ๐Ÿ“(e) PVC should stipulate a minimum percentage of variation above which price adjustments are admissible (e.g., if increase is below 2%, no price adjustment in favour of supplier).
  • ๐Ÿ’ณ(f) Where advance or stage payments are made, no price variations will be admissible on such portions after the dates of such payment.
  • โš–๏ธ(g) Where deliveries are accepted beyond Scheduled Delivery Date subject to liquidated damages, LD (if a percentage of price) will be applicable on the price as varied by the PVC.
  • โ›”(h) No price variation admissible beyond the original Scheduled Delivery Date for defaults on the part of the supplier.
  • โœ…(i) Price variation may be allowed beyond the original Scheduled Delivery Date only by formal amendment to the contract in cases of Force Majeure or defaults by Government.
  • ๐ŸŒ(j) For imported goods (subject to customs duty and foreign exchange fluctuations), the percentage of duties and taxes included in the price and the selling rate of foreign exchange taken into account should be specifically stated. Mode of calculation and documents to be produced in support of claims should also be stipulated.
  • ๐Ÿ’ฐ(k) The clause should contain the mode and terms of payment of the price variation admissible.
(ix) Taxes
  • ๐Ÿ’ฐContracts should include provision for payment of all applicable taxes by the contractor or supplier.
(x) Lump Sum Contracts โ€” To Be Avoided
  • โ›”Lump sum contracts should not be entered into except in cases of absolute necessity. Where unavoidable, full justification shall be recorded. The contracting authority should ensure adequate safeguards for Government interest.
(xi) Departmental Issue of Materials
  • โ›”Departmental issue of materials should be avoided as far as possible. Where decided, a schedule of quantities with issue rates of such material should form an essential part of the contract.
(xii) Government Property Entrusted to Contractor
  • ๐Ÿ”’(a) Where Government property is entrusted to a contractor (for use on payment of hire charges or for further work on such property), the contract must include specific provision for:
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒSafeguarding Government property (including insurance cover)
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒRecovery of hire charges regularly
  • ๐Ÿ“‹(b) Provision shall be made for periodical physical verification of the number and physical condition of the items at the contractor's premises. Results shall be recorded and penal action taken where necessary.
(xiii) Copies of Contracts to Audit / Accounts Officer
โš ๏ธ Copies of all contracts and agreements for purchases of the value of โ‚น25 lakhs and above entered into by civil departments of the Government should be sent to the Audit Officer and/or Accounts Officer as the case may be. โ— โ‚น25 lakh threshold
(xiv) No Material Variation of Contract Terms
  • โ›”(a) The terms of a contract โ€” including the scope and specification โ€” once entered into, should not be materially varied.
  • ๐Ÿ“‹(b) Where material variation becomes unavoidable, the financial and other effects shall be examined, recorded and specific approval of the authority competent to approve the revised commitments shall be obtained before varying the conditions.
  • โœ๏ธ(c) All such changes should be in the form of a formal amendment to the contract duly signed by all parties.
(xv) Extensions of Delivery / Completion Dates
  • ๐Ÿ“…Normally no extensions of scheduled delivery or completion dates shall be granted except where Force Majeure events have occurred or the contract itself contains such a provision. Extensions shall be allowed through formal amendments to the contract duly signed by the parties.
(xvi) Liquidated Damages (LD) Clause โ€” Mandatory
โš ๏ธ All contracts shall contain a provision for recovery of liquidated damages for defaults on the part of the contractor. Exemption from such provision can be made only in exceptional circumstances, to be justified by the procuring entity in writing.
(xvii) Warranty Clause โ€” Mandatory
  • ๐Ÿ”งA warranty clause should be incorporated in every contract, requiring the supplier to โ€” without charge โ€” repair or rectify defective goods or replace such goods with similar goods free from defect. Any goods repaired or replaced shall be delivered at the buyer's premises without costs to the buyer.
(xviii) Right to Reject Non-Conforming Goods
  • โ›”All contracts for supply of goods should reserve the right of Government to reject goods which do not conform to the specifications.
(xix) Time Limit for Claims โ€” 3 Years
โญ Limitation Period for Contractor's Claims
  • โฐNo claim for payment from the contractor shall be entertained after the lapse of three years of arising of the claim. โ— 3-year limit
Contract Management, Disputes and Arbitration โ€” Rules 226โ€“227A
Rule 226 Management of Contracts
  • ๐Ÿ‘€(i) Implementation of the contract should be strictly monitored and notices issued promptly whenever a breach of provisions occurs.
  • ๐Ÿฆ(ii) Proper procedure for safe custody and monitoring of Bank Guarantees (BGs) or other instruments should be laid down. Monitoring should include:
    • ๐Ÿ“…A monthly review of all BGs or other instruments expiring after three months, along with a review of the progress of supply or work. โ— Monthly review of BGs expiring in 3 months
    • โšกExtensions of BGs or other instruments, where warranted, should be sought immediately.
Rule 227 Legal Advice in Disputes
  • โš–๏ธWherever disputes arise during implementation of a contract, legal advice should be sought before:
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒInitiating action to refer the dispute to conciliation and/or arbitration as provided in the contract, or
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒFiling a suit where the contract does not include an arbitration clause.
  • ๐Ÿ“„The draft of the plaint for arbitration should be got vetted by obtaining legal and financial advice.
  • ๐Ÿ”Documents to be filed in resolution of disputes should be carefully scrutinised before filing to safeguard Government interest.
Rule 227A Arbitration Awards โ€” Payment Pending Challenge
Sub-rule (i) โ€” 75% Payment Against Bank Guarantee
  • โš–๏ธIn cases where the Ministry/Department has challenged an arbitral award and the amount has therefore not been paid, 75% of the arbitral award (which may include interest up to date of the award) shall be paid by the Ministry/Department to the contractor/concessionaire against a Bank Guarantee. โ— 75% against BG
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒThe BG shall only be for the 75% of the arbitral award โ€” not for the interest which may become payable to the Ministry/Department should a subsequent court order require refund of the said amount.
Sub-rule (ii) โ€” Escrow Account Option
  • ๐ŸฆThe payment may be made into a designated Escrow Account with the stipulation that the proceeds will be used in the following priority order:
    • 1๏ธโƒฃPayment of lenders' dues
    • 2๏ธโƒฃCompletion of the project
    • 3๏ธโƒฃCompletion of other projects of the same Ministry/Department as mutually agreed/decided
  • โœ…Any balance remaining after settlement of lenders' dues and project completion may be allowed to be used by the contractor/concessionaire with the prior approval of the lead banker and the Ministry/Department.
  • ๐Ÿ“‹If otherwise eligible and subject to contractual provisions, retention money and other amounts withheld may also be released against Bank Guarantee.
๐Ÿ“Œ Why 75% and Not 100%?
  • ๐Ÿ’กRule 227A strikes a balance between the contractor's right to receive payment awarded by the arbitrator and the Government's right to challenge the award in court. The 25% withheld protects Government in case the award is partially or fully set aside. The Bank Guarantee protects the Government's right to recover the 75% if the award is overturned.
โญ Numbers to Remember โ€” Chapter 8
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒArt. 299(1) โ€” Constitutional authority for contracts ยท "for and on behalf of the President of India" (R.224)
  • ๐Ÿ“Œโ‰ค โ‚น2.5 lakh โ€” Purchase order sufficient (R.225(iv)(a))
  • ๐Ÿ“Œโ‚น1Lโ€“โ‚น10L โ€” Letter of Acceptance = binding contract (with GCC/SCC) (R.225(iv)(b))
  • ๐Ÿ“Œโ‰ฅ โ‚น10 lakh โ€” Full contract document required (R.225(iv)(c))
  • ๐Ÿ“Œ21 days โ€” Contract must be executed after Letter of Acceptance ยท Default โ†’ LoA annulled + EMD forfeited (R.225(vi))
  • ๐Ÿ“Œ> 18 months delivery โ€” Price Variation Clause permissible only for long-term contracts (R.225(viii)(a))
  • ๐Ÿ“Œโ‚น25 lakh and above โ€” Copies of contracts sent to Audit/Accounts Officer (R.225(xiii))
  • ๐Ÿ“Œ3 years โ€” Time limit for contractor's claims after arising of claim (R.225(xix))
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒMonthly review of BGs expiring in 3 months (R.226)
  • ๐Ÿ“Œ75% of arbitral award to be paid against Bank Guarantee when award is challenged (R.227A)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒEscrow Account priority: Lenders' dues โ†’ Project completion โ†’ Other projects (R.227A)
Chapter 9
Grants-in-Aid and Loans
Rules 228 to 245  ยท  Autonomous Bodies ยท Procedure ยท Utilisation Certificates ยท Audit ยท Performance Reports
Rules at a Glance โ€” Chapter 9
Rule No.SubjectKey Point
I. GRANTS-IN-AID (Rules 228โ€“245)
Rule 228Who Can Receive Grants-in-Aid โ€” Six CategoriesAutonomous Organisations (statute/society/trust) ยท Voluntary Orgs/NGOs ยท Educational institutions (scholarships) ยท Urban/Rural local self-govt bodies ยท Co-operative societies ยท Govt servants' social/sports clubs
Rule 229Principles for Setting Up Autonomous Organisations โ€” Twelve GuidelinesNo new autonomous body without Cabinet approval ยท No body-created bodies without appraisal ยท Regional offices with Admin Ministry + MoF concurrence ยท Corpus Fund from budget: MoF prior concurrence ยท User charges reviewed at least once a year ยท MoU mandatory if budgetary support >โ‚น5 crore per annum ยท Peer review every 3 or 5 years ยท Findings to be considered before further releases
Rule 230(1)Procedure for Award of Grants-in-AidApplication with Articles of Association, audited accounts, sources of income/expenditure ยท Certification: no duplicate grant from other Ministry/Dept or State Govt
Rule 230(2)Anti-Duplication ListEach Ministry/Dept to maintain list of grantee institutions with amount and purpose ยท Details to be on website
Rule 230(3)Viable Schemes RequiredGrants only on basis of viable, specific schemes with quantified/qualitative targets ยท CFA (reimbursement basis): no UC required
Rule 230(4)Recurring vs Non-Recurring GrantsRecurring = periodic to same org for same purpose ยท Non-recurring = one-time ยท Every sanction order to specify recurring/non-recurring, object, conditions, and time limit for spending
Rule 230(5)Capital and Revenue AccountsCentral Autonomous Orgs must account for capital and revenue separately ยท MoF standard formats mandatory
Rule 230(6)Internal Resources GenerationGrants authority should consider setting targets for internal resource generation, especially for recurring grants
Rule 230(7)Unspent Balances โ€” Just-in-Time ReleaseUnspent balance from previous grant taken into account before sanctioning subsequent grant ยท PFMS portal used to check bank balance before each release ยท Cash balance preferably not more than 3 months' requirement ยท Just-in-time release principle
Rule 230(8)Interest Earnings on GrantsAll interest or other earnings on grants/advances (other than reimbursement) must be mandatorily remitted to Consolidated Fund of India immediately after finalisation of accounts ยท Not adjustable against future releases
Rule 230(9)Disposal of Assets Acquired from GrantsAssets acquired wholly or substantially from Govt grants shall not be disposed of without prior approval of the grant-sanctioning authority (except assets declared obsolete/unserviceable/condemned per GFR)
Rule 230(10)Instalment Release ConditionsLast instalment conditional on reasonable evidence of proper utilisation of earlier instalments ยท CFA: full evidence of objectives + audited statement โ†’ released in one instalment ยท No UC for CFA cases
Rule 230(11)Budget Estimates TimelineInstitutions to submit requirement by end of September of preceding year ยท Ministry to inform outcome by April of succeeding year
Rule 230(12)Service Conditions of Grantee EmployeesIf >50% recurring expenditure from grants: service terms of employees not higher than Central Govt employees (relaxation with MoF consultation) ยท Should use market pension/insurance/loan schemes
Rule 230(13)Buildings Constructed with GrantsSanctioning authority decides whether ownership vests with Govt or grantee ยท If Govt-owned: grantee occupies as lessee ยท Maintenance responsibility always with grantee
Rule 230(14)โ€“(16)Miscellaneous Grant Conditions(14) Special conditions incorporated in Articles of Association/bye-laws before release ยท (15) Grants may cover expenditure incurred not earlier than 2 years prior to date of sanction ยท (16) Refund of unutilised amount with interest to be clearly stated in sanction letter and bond
Rule 230(17)SC/ST/OBC Reservation ClauseMandatory reservation clause for bodies with: >20 regular employees + โ‰ฅ50% recurring expenditure from Central grants + registered society/co-operative receiving โ‰ฅโ‚น20 lakhs general purpose annual grant from CFI
Rule 231(1)Grants to Voluntary OrganisationsGrant for admin expenditure: must not exceed 25% of approved pay and allowances of personnel ยท Private institutions: not ordinarily sanctioned; exceptional cases with Internal Finance Wing concurrence
Rule 231(2)Execution of BondExecutive Committee members to execute bonds jointly and severally ยท Breach โ†’ refund entire/part grant with 10% interest per annum ยท Stamp duty borne by Government
Rule 231(3)Bond Not RequiredQuasi-Government Institutions ยท Central Autonomous Organisations ยท Institutions whose budget is approved by Govt
Rule 232Centrally Sponsored Schemes โ€” Eight PrinciplesTime-bound quantifiable targets ยท Designed in consultation with States ยท Convergence of overlapping schemes ยท Restrict number of schemes ยท PFMS for fund release and monitoring ยท Focus on outcomes not expenditure ยท Concurrent monitoring built into scheme ยท Post-completion review by States with copy to Ministry
Rule 233Funding of Sponsored Projects (R&D)Projects to Universities/IITs/ICAR/CSIR/ICMR etc. ยท Funds NOT treated as grants-in-aid by implementing agency ยท Ownership of physical and intellectual assets vests in sponsor ยท On completion: assets returned/sold/retained as decided by Ministry ยท Proceeds of sale credited to sponsoring Dept
Rule 234Register of GrantsRegister in Form GFR-21 ยท Columns (i)โ€“(v) filled at time of sanction, attested by Gazetted Officer ยท Serial number noted on body of sanction ยท No bill signed unless noted in Register ยท Guards against double payment
Rule 235Accounts of Grantee InstitutionsAll grantee institutions (irrespective of amount) to maintain subsidiary accounts and furnish audited statements to Accounts Officer after utilisation or whenever called for
Rule 236(1)Audit โ€” Open to CAG and Internal AuditAccounts open to sanctioning authority inspection + CAG audit (under CAG DPC Act 1971) + internal audit by Principal Accounts Office ยท Provision to this effect must be in every grant sanction order
Rule 236(2)CAG Audit ThresholdsSection 14: grants/loans in a FY โ‰ฅโ‚น25 lakhs AND โ‰ฅ75% of total expenditure โ†’ CAG audit mandatory ยท OR grants/loans โ‰ฅโ‚น1 crore โ†’ CAG audit ยท Once CAG audits, continues for 2 further years even if conditions not fulfilled
Rule 237Time Schedule for Annual AccountsAccounts available for audit: 30th June ยท Final SAR with audit certificate: 31st October ยท Annual Report + Audited Accounts to Nodal Ministry for Parliament: 31st December
Rule 238(1)Utilisation Certificate โ€” Non-Recurring GrantsForm GFR 12-A ยท Submitted within 12 months of closure of financial year ยท Output-based (not input-based) performance assessment ยท Non-submission โ†’ Ministry may blacklist from future grants/subsidies
Rule 238(2)Utilisation Certificate โ€” Recurring GrantsNext FY release only after provisional UC for preceding FY ยท Release exceeding 75% of total sanctioned for next FY only after UC + annual audited statement submitted to satisfaction of Ministry
Rule 238(3)โ€“(4)UC Exceptions and Special Disclosure(3) UC not required for grants/CFA on reimbursement basis (audited accounts submitted) ยท (4) Central Autonomous Orgs UC to separately disclose: funds given to stores suppliers, construction agencies, staff loans โ€” treated as unutilised grants carried forward
Rule 238(5)โ€“(6)Parliament Reporting ThresholdsRecurring: โ‚น10Lโ€“โ‚น50L โ†’ statement in Annual Report ยท โ‰ฅโ‚น50L โ†’ Annual Report and Accounts laid on table of Parliament within 9 months ยท Non-recurring: โ‚น10Lโ€“โ‚น5Cr โ†’ statement in Annual Report ยท โ‰ฅโ‚น5Cr โ†’ laid on table within 9 months
Rule 239โ€“241State Govt and DBT Utilisation CertificatesR.239: UC in Form GFR 12-C countersigned by Administrative Secretary/Finance Secretary ยท R.240: State Govt furnishes UC when funds routed through local bodies/private institutions ยท R.241: DBT schemes โ€” bank/NPCI deposit intimation treated as UC
Rule 242Performance/Achievement ReportsSubmitted within 6 months of close of FY ยท Not required for: non-recurring grants (anniversaries, tours, maintenance) ยท For recurring grants โ‰คโ‚น25 lakhs: sanctioning authority may dispense ยท Autonomous Orgs โ‰ฅโ‚น2 crore: laid on Parliament table ยท โ‰ฅโ‚น50L recurring / โ‰ฅโ‚น5Cr non-recurring: full review in Annual Report
Rule 243Discretionary GrantsRegulated by general/special orders of competent authority ยท Must be non-recurring ยท Must not involve future commitment
Rule 244Other GrantsGrants to States and others not covered by foregoing rules โ†’ under special orders of Government
Rule 245Grants for Govt Employees' Welfare (Staff Clubs)โ‚น50 per head per annum + matching grant up to โ‚น25 per head per annum ยท Based on strength as on 31st March of previous FY ยท One-time grant for setting up Recreation Club: โ‚น50,000 maximum ยท Accounts audited by Internal Auditor โ€” submitted by 30th April ยท Staff contingencies/work-charged excluded from calculation
Section I โ€” Eligibility and Autonomous Organisation Principles (Rules 228โ€“229)
Rule 228Who Can Receive Grants-in-Aid โ€” Six Categories
  • ๐Ÿ“‹As a general principle, Grants-in-aid can be given to a person or a public body or an institution having a distinct legal entity. Grants-in-aid including scholarships may be sanctioned by an authority competent to do so under the DFPR to:
๐Ÿ“Œ Six Categories of Eligible Recipients
  • (a)Autonomous Organisations set up under a specific statute or as a society registered under the Societies Registration Act, 1860 or Indian Trusts Act, 1882 or other statutes
  • (b)Voluntary Organisations / NGOs carrying out activities which promote the welfare schemes and programmes of the Government โ€” selected on the basis of well-defined criteria regarding financial and other resources, credibility and type of activities undertaken
  • (c)Educational and other institutions by way of scholarships or stipends to students
  • (d)Urban and Rural local self-government institutions
  • (e)Co-operative societies
  • (f)Societies or clubs set up by Government servants to promote amongst themselves social, cultural and sports activities as recreational avenues
Rule 229Principles for Setting Up Autonomous Organisations โ€” Twelve Guidelines
โญ Twelve Guidelines โ€” Autonomous Organisations
  • (i)No new autonomous institution shall be created by Ministries/Departments without the approval of the Cabinet. โ— Cabinet approval mandatory
  • (ii)No new autonomous institution shall be created by an Autonomous Body itself without going through the appraisal/approval process. However, Regional Centres/Offices/Sub-Stations of any autonomous body may be created with prior approval of the Administrative Ministry in consultation with MoF.
  • (iii)Stringent criteria to be followed. Ministry shall examine: (a) whether activities are necessary at all; (b) whether they need to be done through a new autonomous body or can be performed by an existing Govt agency or organisation.
  • (iv)All autonomous organisations should be encouraged to maximise internal resources and eventually attain self-sufficiency.
  • (v)Corpus Fund from budgetary allocation: requires prior concurrence of MoF. From internal accruals: requires approval of the Administrative Ministry.
  • (vi)User charges to be reviewed by the Governing Body at least once a year and information communicated to the Administrative Ministry โ€” preferably before formulation of Union Annual Budget. โ— At least once a year
  • (vii)All Autonomous Bodies shall maintain database relating to grants, income, expenditure, investment, assets and employee strength in format prescribed by DoE, MoF.
  • (viii)Financial advice: Every autonomous organisation shall designate an officer at appropriate level to render financial advice, whose concurrence shall be obtained for sanction and incurring of expenditure. The CEO of the Autonomous Body is responsible for overall financial management.
  • (ix)Peer review every 3 or 5 years depending on size and nature of activity โ€” responsibility of the concerned administrative division. Review shall focus on: (a) whether objectives are being achieved ยท (b) whether activities should be continued ยท (c) whether they need to be done by an autonomous body ยท (d) scope for merger/winding up ยท (e) whether staff complement is at a minimum ยท (f) whether user charges are levied appropriately ยท (g) scope for maximising internal resource generation. โ— 3 or 5 years
  • (x)Outstanding internationally acclaimed organisations may be granted greater autonomy and flexibility in recruitment and financial rules.
  • (xi)Autonomous bodies with budgetary support of more than โ‚น5 crore per annum shall be required to enter into a Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) with the Administrative Ministry/Department spelling out performance parameters, output targets in measurable units and commensurate input requirements. โ— >โ‚น5 crore โ†’ MoU mandatory
  • (xii)Findings of peer review shall be examined by the Secretary of the Administrative Department. Further releases (after 3 or 5 years) shall be made conditional on conduct and decisions on the findings of such peer review.
Section II โ€” Principles and Procedure for Award of Grants-in-Aid (Rule 230)
Rule 230(1)Procedure for Award โ€” Application and Non-Duplication Certificate
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Any institution seeking Grants-in-aid must submit an application including: Articles of Association, bye-laws, audited statement of accounts, sources and pattern of income and expenditure, enabling the sanctioning authority to assess suitability.
  • โœ…The institution must certify that it has not obtained or applied for grants for the same purpose from any other Ministry/Department of GoI or State Government. โ— Non-duplication certificate mandatory
Rule 230(2)Anti-Duplication List Maintained by Each Ministry
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Each Ministry/Department shall maintain a list of institutions along with details of amount and purpose of grants given to them, to obviate duplication. These details shall also be made available on the website of the Ministry/Department.
Rule 230(3)Grants Only for Viable, Specific Schemes
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒAward of grants shall be considered only on the basis of viable and specific schemes drawn up in sufficient detail, disclosing specific quantified and qualitative targets against the outlay.
  • โœ…Central Financial Assistance (CFA) โ€” where grants are given as reimbursement of expenditure already incurred on an approved project โ€” shall be treated as CFA and no Utilisation Certificate shall be required in such reimbursement cases.
Rule 230(4)Recurring vs Non-Recurring Grants
  • ๐Ÿ”„Recurring Grant: Released periodically to the same organisation for the same purpose.
  • 1๏ธโƒฃNon-Recurring Grant: One-time release for a special purpose (may be released in instalments).
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Every order sanctioning a grant shall:
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒIndicate whether it is recurring or non-recurring
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒSpecify clearly the object for which it is given
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒSpecify all general and special conditions, if any
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒFor non-recurring grants: also specify the time limit within which the grant or each instalment is to be spent
Rule 230(5)โ€“(6)Accounts Format and Internal Resources Generation
  • ๐Ÿ“’R.230(5): Central Autonomous Organisations shall account for capital and revenue expenditure separately. All grant-sanctioning authorities shall enforce the condition of maintaining and presenting annual accounts in the standard formats prescribed by MoF.
  • ๐Ÿ’ฐR.230(6): Grant-sanctioning authorities shall not only consider internally generated resources while regulating grants, but should consider laying down targets for internal resource generation by grantee institutions โ€” particularly where grants are given on a recurring basis every year.
Rule 230(7)Unspent Balances โ€” Just-in-Time Release Principles
  • ๐Ÿ’ปWhen recurring grants are sanctioned for the same purpose, the unspent balance of the previous grant shall be taken into account in sanctioning the subsequent grant. The PFMS portal shall be used to know the bank balance of recipients before making each release.
๐Ÿ“Œ Just-in-Time Release Principles
  • 1๏ธโƒฃCash balance at any time should preferably not be more than 3 months of requirements. โ— โ‰ค3 months cash balance
  • 2๏ธโƒฃFunds released as per actual requirements. Sanction may precede the release of funds, though its validity may be limited to that financial year.
Rule 230(8)Interest Earnings on Grants โ€” Mandatory Remittance to Consolidated Fund
  • ๐Ÿ’ฐAll interests or other earnings against grants-in-aid or advances (other than reimbursement) released to any grantee institution shall be mandatorily remitted to the Consolidated Fund of India immediately after finalisation of accounts. โ— Mandatory remittance to CFI
  • โ›”Such advances shall not be allowed to be adjusted against future releases.
Rule 230(9)Disposal of Assets Acquired from Grants
  • ๐Ÿ—๏ธAssets acquired wholly or substantially out of Government Grants (in Non-Govt or Quasi-Govt institutions) shall not be disposed of without obtaining the prior approval of the grant-sanctioning authority.
  • โœ…Exception: Assets declared as obsolete, unserviceable or condemned in accordance with GFR procedure.
Rule 230(10)Instalment Release Conditions
  • ๐Ÿ“‹The sanctioning authority may prescribe conditions regarding quantum and periodicity for release of grants in instalments in consultation with the Financial Adviser.
  • โš ๏ธThe release of the last instalment of the Annual Grant must be conditional upon the grantee providing reasonable evidence of proper utilisation of earlier instalments.
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒCFA (Central Financial Assistance) cases: Grant released in one instalment upon providing complete evidence of achieving specified objectives and audited statement of expenditure. No UC required in CFA cases.
Rule 230(11)Budget Estimates Timeline
  • ๐Ÿ“…Institutions desiring grants shall submit their requirements with supporting details by the end of September of the year preceding the year for which the grant is sought.
  • ๐Ÿ“…The Ministry/Department shall finalise examination with utmost expedition and inform the institution of the result of their requests by April of the succeeding year.
Rule 230(12)โ€“(17)Employee Conditions, Buildings, Bond, SC/ST Clause and Other Conditions
  • ๐Ÿ‘ฅR.230(12): Where grantee receives >50% recurring expenditure from grants: employee service terms shall not be higher than Central Govt employees (relaxation with MoF consultation). Should use market pension/insurance/loan schemes.
  • ๐ŸขR.230(13): Sanctioning authority decides whether ownership of buildings constructed with grants vests with Govt or grantee. If Govt-owned, grantee occupies as lessee. Maintenance is always the grantee's responsibility.
  • ๐Ÿ“‹R.230(14): Special terms to be incorporated in Articles of Association or bye-laws before release.
  • ๐Ÿ“…R.230(15): Grants may cover expenditure incurred not earlier than 2 years prior to the date of issue of sanction. โ— 2-year look-back
  • ๐Ÿ’ฐR.230(16): Refund of unutilised amount with interest thereon must be clearly stated in the sanction letter and in the bond.
  • โญR.230(17) โ€” SC/ST/OBC Reservation Clause: Mandatory where: (a) recipient employs >20 persons on regular basis AND โ‰ฅ50% recurring expenditure from Central grants; AND (b) registered society or co-operative receiving general purpose annual grant of โ‚น20 lakhs and above from CFI. โ— >20 employees + โ‰ฅโ‚น20L grant โ†’ SC/ST/OBC clause mandatory
Section III โ€” Bonds, Voluntary Orgs, CSS and Sponsored Projects (Rules 231โ€“233)
Rule 231Grants to Voluntary Organisations and Execution of Bonds
  • ๐Ÿ“‹R.231(1) โ€” Ceiling: Grant for administrative expenditure to voluntary organisations shall not exceed 25% of approved pay and allowances of the personnel of the voluntary organisation. Grants to meet admin expenditure of private institutions (other than voluntary orgs) shall not ordinarily be sanctioned; exceptional cases require Internal Finance Wing concurrence. โ— Max 25% of approved pay and allowances
โญ Execution of Bond โ€” Rule 231(2) โ€” Four Obligations
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒBefore a grant is released, members of the Executive Committee shall execute bonds in prescribed format binding themselves jointly and severally to:
  • 1๏ธโƒฃAbide by the conditions of the grant and target dates, if any
  • 2๏ธโƒฃNot divert the grant or entrust execution of the scheme to another institution/organisation
  • 3๏ธโƒฃAbide by any other conditions specified in the agreement
  • 4๏ธโƒฃIn event of breach: jointly and severally liable to refund the whole or part of the grant with interest at 10% per annum. Stamp duty borne by Government.
  • โœ…R.231(3) โ€” Bond not required for: Quasi-Government Institutions ยท Central Autonomous Organisations ยท Institutions whose budget is approved by Government.
Rule 232Centrally Sponsored Schemes โ€” Eight Principles
๐Ÿ“Œ Eight Principles for Centrally Sponsored Schemes
  • 1๏ธโƒฃEvery CSS shall have time-bound quantifiable and measurable outcome targets with provisions for periodic monitoring, mid-term evaluation and detailed impact studies
  • 2๏ธโƒฃDesigned in consultation with States and UTs. States may change details to suit local conditions subject to reporting to the concerned Ministry/Department
  • 3๏ธโƒฃSchemes with similar objectives targeting the same population should be converged
  • 4๏ธโƒฃNumber of schemes should be restricted to maximise gain. Central Ministries' role: capacity building, inter-sectoral coordination and detailed monitoring
  • 5๏ธโƒฃRelease of funds to States and monitoring through PFMS. Before further releases, ensure earlier funds effectively utilised and State capacity to spend is adequate
  • 6๏ธโƒฃFocus on attainment of objectives, not on expenditure. Mechanism to avoid release of large part of funds towards year-end to be built into scheme design
  • 7๏ธโƒฃConcurrent monitoring and evaluation mechanism to be built into the scheme. Periodic review for mid-course corrections
  • 8๏ธโƒฃPost-completion review by State Governments/UTs implementing the scheme โ€” highlighting time and cost overruns and suggestions for future schemes. Copy to be obtained by the Ministry
Rule 233Funding of Sponsored Projects / Schemes (R&D)
  • ๐Ÿ”ฌMinistries/Departments may sponsor projects to Universities, IITs, and Autonomous Organisations such as ICAR, CSIR, ICMR, etc., whose results are expected to be in national interest. Normally the entire expenditure including capital expenditure is funded by the Ministry/Department.
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒFunds for such projects are NOT treated as grants-in-aid in the books of the implementing agency.
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Ownership of physical and intellectual assets created or acquired out of such funds shall vest in the sponsor. While ongoing, the recipient shall not treat such assets as their own assets but shall disclose their holding and use in the Notes to Accounts.
  • ๐Ÿ”„On completion: Ministry/Department shall communicate whether the assets should be returned, sold or retained by the implementing agency.
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒIf sold: proceeds credited to the account of the sponsoring Department/Organisation
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒIf retained: implementing agency includes assets at book value in their own accounts
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒNote: Scientific Departments are allowed to extend the provisions of Rule 233(i)&(ii) to private sector/NGOs commissioned to execute projects or schemes.
Section IV โ€” Registers, Accounts and Audit (Rules 234โ€“237)
Rule 234Register of Grants โ€” Form GFR-21
  • ๐Ÿ“’A Register of Grants shall be maintained by the sanctioning authority in Form GFR-21.
  • โœ๏ธColumns (i)โ€“(v) filled simultaneously with issue of the sanction order, attested by a nominated Gazetted Officer. The serial number shall be recorded on the body of the sanction.
  • โœ๏ธColumns (vi)โ€“(vii) filled and attested by the Gazetted Officer as soon as the bill is ready. Bill submitted to the DDO with the register for signing.
  • โ›”No bill shall be signed unless it has been noted in the Register of Grants against the relevant sanction. This guards against double payment and facilitates watching of instalment payments.
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒColumn (xiii) information used for regulating subsequent grants.
Rule 235Accounts of Grantee Institutions
  • ๐Ÿ“’Institutions receiving grants shall, irrespective of the amount involved, be required to:
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒMaintain subsidiary accounts of the Government grant
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒFurnish to the Accounts Officer a set of audited statement of accounts after utilisation of the grants or whenever called for
Rule 236Audit of Accounts โ€” CAG and Internal Audit
  • ๐Ÿ”R.236(1): Accounts of all grantee institutions are open to inspection by the sanctioning authority and audit by both the CAG (under CAG DPC Act 1971) and internal audit by the Principal Accounts Office. A provision to this effect shall invariably be incorporated in all orders sanctioning grants-in-aid.
๐Ÿ“Œ CAG Audit Thresholds โ€” Rule 236(2) โ€” Section 14 of CAG DPC Act
ThresholdConditionEffect
โ‰ฅโ‚น25 lakhs AND โ‰ฅ75% of total expenditureGrants/loans in a financial year meet both conditionsCAG audit under Section 14 of CAG DPC Act โ€” mandatory
โ‰ฅโ‚น1 croreGrants/loans in a financial year reach โ‚น1 croreCAG may also audit
ContinuationOnce CAG audits in a FYCAG shall continue to audit for a further period of 2 years even if conditions above are not fulfilled thereafter. โ— 2 more years
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒR.236(2)(ii) โ€” Section 15: CAG may scrutinise the procedures by which the sanctioning authority satisfies itself as to the fulfilment of conditions for grant-specific purposes, and has right of access to books and accounts of that institution (except foreign states/international bodies).
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒR.236(3): In all other cases, the institution shall get its accounts audited from Chartered Accountants of its own choice.
  • ๐Ÿ’ฐR.236(4): Where CAG is the sole auditor for a local body or institution, auditing charges shall be payable by the auditee institution in full unless specifically waived by Government.
Rule 237Time Schedule for Submission of Annual Accounts โ€” Three Dates
โญ Three Milestone Dates โ€” Annual Accounts
DeadlineActivity
30th JuneApproved and authenticated annual accounts made available by Autonomous Body to the concerned Audit Office โ†’ commencement of audit of annual accounts
31st OctoberIssue of the final SAR (Statement of Audit Report) in English version with audit certificate to Autonomous Body/Government concerned
31st DecemberSubmission of Annual Report and Audited Accounts to the Nodal Ministry for laying on the Table of Parliament
Section V โ€” Utilisation Certificates and Performance Reports (Rules 238โ€“242)
Rule 238(1)Utilisation Certificate โ€” Non-Recurring Grants
  • ๐Ÿ“‹For non-recurring grants, a Utilisation Certificate in Form GFR 12-A shall be insisted upon in the sanction order.
  • ๐Ÿ“ŠThe UC shall disclose whether specified, quantified and qualitative targets were actually reached โ€” it shall contain an output-based (not input-based) performance assessment.
  • ๐Ÿ“…UC shall be submitted within 12 months of the closure of the financial year. โ— 12 months
  • โ›”Where UC is not received within the prescribed time, the Ministry/Department is at liberty to blacklist such institution from any future grant, subsidy or other financial support from Government.
Rule 238(2)Utilisation Certificate โ€” Recurring Grants
  • ๐Ÿ“‹For recurring grants, the next financial year release shall be made only after provisional UC for the preceding financial year is submitted.
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒRelease of grants exceeding 75% of the total amount sanctioned for the subsequent FY shall be done only after the UC plus annual audited statement relating to the preceding year are submitted to the satisfaction of the Ministry/Department. โ— 75% threshold โ€” UC + audited statement needed
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒInternal Audit reports, Inspection Reports from IAAD and quarterly performance reports shall also be considered while sanctioning further grants.
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒScientific Departments special measure: Permitted to release subsequent grants-in-aid on receipt of UCs confirming utilisation of 75% of total value of previous grants.
Rule 238(3)โ€“(6)UC Exceptions, Special Disclosures and Parliament Reporting Thresholds
  • โœ…R.238(3) โ€” No UC required: For grants/CFA given as reimbursement of expenditure already incurred on the basis of duly audited accounts. Sanction letters shall clearly specify that UCs will not be necessary.
  • ๐Ÿ“’R.238(4) โ€” Central Autonomous Orgs UC: Shall separately disclose: annual expenditure incurred AND funds given to (a) suppliers of stores/assets (b) construction agencies (c) staff for house building/conveyance loans โ€” which do not constitute expenditure at that stage but are pending adjustment. Treated as unutilised grants allowed to be carried forward.
๐Ÿ“Œ Parliament Reporting Thresholds โ€” Rules 238(5) and 238(6)
TypeAmount RangeRequirement
Recurringโ‚น10L to <โ‚น50LStatement in Ministry's Annual Report
Recurringโ‰ฅโ‚น50LAnnual Report and Accounts laid on table of Parliament within 9 months
Non-Recurring (one-time)โ‚น10L to โ‚น5CrStatement in Ministry's Annual Report
Non-Recurring (one-time)โ‰ฅโ‚น5CrAnnual Report and Audited Accounts laid on table of Parliament within 9 months
Rules 239โ€“241Utilisation Certificates โ€” State Govts and DBT Schemes
  • ๐Ÿ“‹R.239 โ€” CSS Grants to States: UC in Form GFR 12-C submitted by the State Government, countersigned by the Administrative Secretary of the Division regulating the Scheme / Finance Secretary.
  • ๐Ÿ“‹R.240 โ€” Grants through local bodies/private institutions: When Central grants are given to State Governments for expenditure to be incurred through local bodies or private institutions, the State Government concerned shall furnish the Utilisation Certificates.
  • ๐Ÿ’ณR.241 โ€” DBT Schemes: For schemes covered under Direct Benefit Transfers where funds flow directly from Central Government to beneficiaries, the intimation from the bank / NPCI (Aadhaar Payment Bridge) regarding deposit of funds in beneficiaries' bank accounts shall be treated as a Utilisation Certificate. The Ministry/Department shall keep proper records of such direct releases.
Rule 242Performance Parameters and Achievement-cum-Performance Reports
  • ๐Ÿ“ŠR.242(1): Performance parameters should be clearly set to allow better oversight of Autonomous Bodies.
  • ๐Ÿ“…R.242(2)(i): Grantee institutions shall submit performance-cum-achievement reports within 6 months of the close of the financial year. โ— 6 months
  • โœ…Performance reports NOT required for: Non-recurring grants (anniversaries, special tours, maintenance grants for education).
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Recurring grants โ‰คโ‚น25 lakhs: Sanctioning authority may dispense with performance-cum-achievement reports (refer to UCs and other available information instead). โ— โ‰คโ‚น25L โ€” may be dispensed
๐Ÿ“Œ Annual Report Inclusion Thresholds โ€” Rule 242(2)(iv)
Organisation / AmountRequirement
Autonomous Orgs getting โ‰ฅโ‚น2 croreAnnual Report + Audited Accounts laid on table of Parliament โ€” Ministry need not include performance-cum-achievement report in their own Annual Report
Autonomous Orgs getting <โ‚น2 croreAll Departments to include in their Annual Report: statement showing quantum of funds and purpose of utilisation
Recurring: >โ‚น10Lโ€“<โ‚น50L / Non-recurring: >โ‚น10Lโ€“<โ‚น5CrMinistry's own assessment of achievements/performance of the institution to be included in Annual Report
Recurring: โ‰ฅโ‚น50L / Non-recurring: โ‰ฅโ‚น5CrFull individual review in Ministry Annual Report โ€” specifying achievements vis-ร -vis amount spent, purpose and destination of grants
Section VI โ€” Discretionary, Other Grants and Employee Welfare (Rules 243โ€“245)
Rule 243Discretionary Grants
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Expenditure from Discretionary Grants shall be regulated by general or special orders of the competent authority specifying the object and conditions applicable.
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒSuch Discretionary Grants must be:
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒNon-recurring
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒMust not involve any future commitment
Rule 244Other Grants
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒGrants, subventions, etc. โ€” including grants to States other than those dealt with in the foregoing rules โ€” shall be made under special orders of Government.
Rule 245Recurring Grants for Government Employees' Welfare โ€” Staff Clubs
  • ๐Ÿ…Grants-in-aid for provision of amenities or recreational/welfare facilities to staff are regulated under orders of the Ministry of Home Affairs.
โญ Staff Welfare Grant Rates and Key Rules
  • ๐Ÿ’ฐBase rate: โ‚น50 per head per annum
  • ๐Ÿ’ฐMatching grant: Additional up to โ‚น25 per head per annum to match subscriptions collected during the previous financial year by existing staff clubs (or collected up to date of proposal for new clubs)
  • ๐Ÿ“…Eligible strength = strength as on 31st March of the previous financial year (or date of proposal for new clubs)
  • โ›”Excluded from calculation: Staff paid from contingencies ยท Work-charged staff ยท Staff eligible for similar concession under other rules/statutory provisions (e.g., industrial workers)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒGrant-in-aid in respect of Gazetted Officers is admissible only to that Ministry/Department/Office where membership of recreation club is open to such officers
  • ๐Ÿ›๏ธOne-time grant for setting up a Recreation Club: Maximum โ‚น50,000 โ— Max โ‚น50,000
  • ๐Ÿ“…Accounts of clubs for preceding year, duly audited by Internal Auditor, to be obtained by the Ministry/Department by 30th April before allocating funds for the next financial year. โ— 30th April
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Illustrative expenditure items from staff welfare grants include: sports equipment ยท uniforms for teams ยท magazines/periodicals ยท tournament entry fees ยท hiring of playgrounds/furniture ยท conveyance expenses ยท entertainments ยท prizes ยท film shows ยท hiring of accommodation ยท cultural/sports/physical development programmes ยท inter-Ministerial and inter-Departmental meets.
โญ Key Numbers and Facts to Remember โ€” Chapter 9
  • ๐Ÿ“Œ6 categories of eligible grantee recipients (R.228)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒNew autonomous body: Cabinet approval mandatory ยท Regional offices: Admin Ministry + MoF concurrence (R.229)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒCorpus Fund from budget: MoF prior concurrence ยท from internal accruals: Admin Ministry approval (R.229(v))
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒUser charges reviewed: at least once a year (R.229(vi))
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒPeer review: every 3 or 5 years depending on size and activity (R.229(ix))
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒMoU mandatory: budgetary support >โ‚น5 crore per annum (R.229(xi))
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒCash balance: preferably not more than 3 months of requirement (R.230(7))
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒInterest on grants: mandatorily remitted to Consolidated Fund of India (R.230(8))
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒGrants may cover expenditure not earlier than 2 years prior to sanction date (R.230(15))
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒSC/ST/OBC clause: >20 regular employees + โ‰ฅ50% recurring expenditure from grants + registered society receiving โ‰ฅโ‚น20L general purpose annual grant from CFI (R.230(17))
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒVoluntary Org admin grant: max 25% of approved pay and allowances (R.231(1))
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒBond breach: refund with interest at 10% per annum ยท stamp duty borne by Govt (R.231(2))
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒBond NOT required: Quasi-Govt Institutions ยท Central Autonomous Orgs ยท Budget-approved Institutions (R.231(3))
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒCAG audit (S.14): grants โ‰ฅโ‚น25L AND โ‰ฅ75% of total expenditure ยท OR โ‰ฅโ‚น1 crore ยท Continues for 2 further years once triggered (R.236)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒAnnual accounts: 30 June (to audit) โ†’ 31 Oct (SAR with certificate) โ†’ 31 Dec (to Parliament) (R.237)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒNon-recurring UC (Form GFR 12-A): within 12 months of FY closure ยท Non-submission โ†’ blacklisting (R.238(1))
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒRecurring grants: >75% of subsequent FY release needs UC + audited statement (R.238(2))
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒParliament table โ€” Recurring: โ‰ฅโ‚น50L within 9 months ยท Non-recurring: โ‰ฅโ‚น5Cr within 9 months (R.238(5)โ€“(6))
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒDBT UC: bank/NPCI deposit intimation = UC (R.241)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒPerformance report: within 6 months of FY close ยท May be dispensed for recurring โ‰คโ‚น25L (R.242)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒAutonomous Orgs โ‰ฅโ‚น2Cr: Annual Report and Audited Accounts laid on Parliament table (R.242)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒStaff welfare: โ‚น50/head/year + matching โ‚น25/head/year ยท One-time club setup: โ‚น50,000 max ยท Accounts by 30th April (R.245)
Section VIII โ€” Loans (Rules 246โ€“263)
๐Ÿ“‹ Rules at a Glance โ€” Loans (R.246โ€“263)
RuleSubjectKey Point
246ApplicabilityState Govts, UTs, local bodies, foreign Govts (on State recommendation), Govt institutions and bodies
247Powers and nodal divisionDFPR powers ยท Budget Division, DEA, MoF = nodal division for terms and conditions
248Certificate in sanctionEvery sanction must certify compliance with MoF rules and MoF approval for interest rate and repayment period
249Sanction termsMust specify all terms ยท Modifications only for very special reasons + prior MoF concurrence
250General conditions โ€” loansMax 30 years ยท Annual instalments ยท Advance payment >14 days โ†’ full interest ยท 31 March holiday exception ยท Notice Form GFR-19 one month before due date ยท Security โ‰ฅ33โ…“% above loan amount
251Interest calculationInterest for day of payment, not day of repayment ยท Days ร— rate รท 365 (366 leap year)
252Recovery and moratoriumAnnual equal instalments ยท Moratorium may be allowed for principal but NOT for interest
253Loans to State/UT/PSUNormal rate ยท Concession = direct subsidy (not reduced rate) ยท Loan agreement with inspection clause ยท Form GFR-15 for wholly Govt-owned companies
254Wholly Govt-owned companiesUndertaking in Form GFR-32 ยท Fixed assets not to be hypothecated without Govt approval ยท No stamp duty on undertaking
255Security requirementSecurity โ‰ฅ33โ…“% above loan amount ยท Competent authority may accept less for recorded reasons
256Utilisation Certificates โ€” loansForm GFR 12-B ยท Target date: 18 months from sanction ยท Consolidated UC: by September of second succeeding FY
257Loan instalmentsEach instalment = separate loan for interest/repayment ยท May be consolidated at FY end ยท Moratorium for principal allowed; NOT for interest
258Default and penal interestPenal rate โ‰ฅ normal + 2.5% p.a. ยท Default reported by Accounts Officer to sanctioning authority ยท Interest-free loans: default triggers normal rate
259Irrecoverable loansWrite-off only with prior MoF approval
260Accounts and controlMaintained by Accounts Officer ยท Recovery watched ยท Conditions monitored
262Annual returnsForm GFR-13 ยท Each PAO submits by 30 September for position as on 31 March
263Annual Assessment ReportFA submits to MoF by 30 June of each FY
Rule 246Applicability of Loan Rules
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒRules 246โ€“263 shall be observed by all authorities competent to sanction loans of public moneys to: State Governments ยท Local Administrations of Union Territories ยท Local bodies ยท Foreign Governments (on specific recommendation of State Government) ยท Government institutions and other Government bodies.
Rule 247Powers and Nodal Division
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Sub-rule (1): Powers of Departments and Administrators to sanction loans are given in the Delegation of Financial Powers Rules (DFPR) and other general and special orders.
  • ๐Ÿ›๏ธSub-rule (2): Budget Division, Department of Economic Affairs, Ministry of Finance shall be the nodal division in MoF to finalise terms and conditions of loans by the Central Government. โ— Budget Division, DEA = nodal
Rule 248Mandatory Certificate in Every Loan Sanction
  • ๐Ÿ“‹All sanctions of loans issued by a Department of Central Government or an Administrator of Union Territory shall include a certificate that: (a) the sanction is in accordance with rules or principles prescribed by the Ministry of Finance; and (b) the rate of interest on the loan and the period of repayment have been fixed with the approval of MoF.
Rule 249Terms and Conditions โ€” Strict Adherence
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Sub-rule (1): All loan sanctions shall be subject to DFPR and shall specify all terms and conditions including repayment terms and payment of interest.
  • โš ๏ธSub-rule (2): Borrowers shall adhere strictly to the settled terms. Modifications can be made subsequently only for very special reasons and after seeking prior concurrence of Ministry of Finance. โ— Modification โ†’ prior MoF concurrence
Rule 250General Conditions Regulating All Loans

Sub-rule (1) โ€” Eight General Conditions

๐Ÿ“Œ Eight General Conditions โ€” Rule 250(1)
  • (i)A specific term shall be fixed โ€” as short as possible โ€” within which each loan must be fully repaid with interest. In very special cases, the term may extend to 30 years. โ— Maximum: 30 years
  • (ii)Term is calculated from the date on which the loan is completely drawn or declared closed by competent authority.
  • (iii)Repayment shall be effected by instalments, ordinarily on annual basis, with due dates of payment specially prescribed.
  • (iv)Early payment: If instalment is paid before its due date, it may be applied entirely to principal provided interest due up to the date of actual payment is also paid. If interest is not paid, amount is first adjusted towards interest, and only the balance towards principal. However, if payment is in advance by 14 days or less, interest for the full period (half-year or full year) shall be payable. โญ Advance โ‰ค14 days โ†’ full period interest
  • (v)Holiday rule: If due date falls on a Sunday or public holiday, payment on the next working day = payment on due date (no interest charged for the delay). Exception: If due date is 31st March and it is a public holiday, recovery shall be made on the immediately preceding working day. If RBI is closed on the due date, shifted to next working day, except when due date is 31st March.
  • (vi)Payment of interest and repayment of principal are always to be made with reference to the calendar date of payment of the loan. For a loan sanctioned to a State on or before 31st March but adjusted in RBI books in April, the instalments shall fall due on 31st March of the succeeding year.
  • (vii)Date of drawal by State Government: (a) Where monetary settlement is involved โ€” calendar date on which loan is actually credited by RBI to the State Government's account. Exception: credit in April in accounts of previous year โ†’ deemed drawn on 31st March of that FY. (b) Where no monetary settlement (accounts offices only) โ€” last date of the month in which the adjustment is effected = date of drawal.
  • (viii)Advance notice: PAO/Principal AO shall issue notices in Form GFR-19 to loanees (other than State/UT Govts), i.e. PSUs, statutory bodies, Govt institutions, approximately one month in advance of due date. However, omission to give notice does not exempt the loanee from consequences of default. โ— Notice: 1 month before due date ยท Omission no excuse for default

Sub-rule (2) โ€” Loans to Private Institutions

  • ๐Ÿ“ŒBefore sanctioning a loan to private institutions, the lending Ministry/Department shall examine the financial health and managerial ability of such institutions.

Sub-rule (3) โ€” Conditions Before Approving Loan to Non-State/UT Parties

  • ๐Ÿ“‹(i) Pre-conditions: (a) Adequate budget provision must exist; (b) Grant of loan must be in accordance with approved Government policy and accepted patterns of assistance.
  • ๐Ÿ“‹(ii) Information required from applicant:
โญ Six Documents Required from Loan Applicant
  • 1๏ธโƒฃProfit & Loss accounts / income & expenditure accounts and balance sheets for the last 3 years
  • 2๏ธโƒฃMain sources of income and how the loan is proposed to be repaid within the stipulated period
  • 3๏ธโƒฃSecurity proposed to be offered + independent valuation + certificate that the asset is not already encumbered
  • 4๏ธโƒฃDetails of all previous Central/State Government loans (amount, purpose, rate, period, date, outstanding balance, security)
  • 5๏ธโƒฃComplete list of all other outstanding loans and security against them
  • 6๏ธโƒฃPurpose for which loan is proposed to be utilised and the economics of the scheme
  • ๐Ÿ”(iii) On receipt of information, confidential enquiries shall be made from other Depts/State Govts from which the party has taken loans to judge past performance. If performance was unsatisfactory, the loan shall be refused. Security offered must be adequate and its value must be at least 33โ…“% above the amount of the loan. Independent valuation may be obtained if possible. Applicant must satisfy both financial soundness and adequacy of security. โ— Security โ‰ฅ loan + 33โ…“%
  • ๐Ÿ“‹(iv) For institutions receiving grants-in-aid to meet part of their deficits: (a) income earmarked for servicing the loan shall not be included in computing the deficit; (b) scheme should be self-financing as far as possible; (c) institution must produce an undertaking from the State Government or Management that any shortfall towards repayment shall be made good by it.
  • ๐Ÿ“…(v) Ministries/Departments shall lay down a procedure for periodical review of old loans to take prompt action for enforcing regular payments.

Sub-rule (4) โ€” Local Bodies

  • ๐Ÿ“ŒDetailed procedure for loans to local bodies is regulated by the Local Authorities Loans Act and other special Acts and rules thereunder.
Rule 251Interest on Loans โ€” Calculation Formula
  • ๐Ÿ’ฐSub-rule (1): Interest shall be charged at the rate prescribed by the Government for the particular loan or class of loans.
  • ๐Ÿ“Sub-rule (2): A loan shall bear interest for the day of payment but not for the day of repayment. For any period shorter than a complete year:
โญ Interest Formula โ€” Rule 251(2)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒInterest = (Number of days ร— Yearly rate of interest) รท 365 (366 in a leap year)
Rule 252Recovery Procedure and Moratorium
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Sub-rule (1): Instructions issued by MoF from time to time prescribing interest rates and other terms for loans to State/UT Govts, Local Bodies, Statutory Corporations, financial/industrial/commercial undertakings in Public Sector shall be strictly followed.
  • ๐Ÿ“ŠSub-rule (2): Recovery shall ordinarily be effected in annual equal instalments of principal together with interest due on the outstanding principal. Instalments may be rounded off to nearest rupee, with final adjustment at the time of payment of the last instalment.
  • โธ๏ธSub-rule (3): A suitable period of moratorium towards repayment of principal might be agreed to in individual cases. However, no moratorium shall ordinarily be allowed in respect of interest payable on loans. โ— Moratorium: principal YES ยท interest NO
Rule 253Loans to State/UT Govts, Local Bodies, Statutory Corporations, PSUs โ€” Agreements
  • ๐Ÿ’ฐSub-rule (1): Loans shall ordinarily be sanctioned at normal rates of interest prescribed by Government for the particular loanee category. If normal rate is considered too high and a concession is justified, it shall take the form of a direct subsidy debitable to the grants of the sanctioning authority โ€” not a reduced interest rate. In such cases, borrower pays interest at normal rates first and claims subsidy separately.

Sub-rule (2) โ€” Agreements and Documentation

๐Ÿ“Œ Documentation Requirements
  • 1๏ธโƒฃFor parties other than State Governments and wholly Govt-owned Companies: A loan agreement specifying all terms and conditions shall be executed. A clause shall invariably be inserted enabling Government to call for accounts and depute an officer to inspect books at any time.
  • 2๏ธโƒฃFor wholly Government-owned Companies: A written undertaking in Form GFR-15 shall be obtained before drawal. The sanction shall specifically state that such an undertaking would be obtained and the Drawing Officer shall record a certificate that it has been obtained. โ— Form GFR-15 for wholly Govt-owned companies
Rule 254Undertaking from Wholly-Owned Government Companies โ€” Form GFR-32
  • ๐Ÿ“‹For loans to wholly-owned Government Companies, a written undertaking that fixed assets of the company shall not be hypothecated without prior approval of the Government shall be obtained in Form GFR-32.
  • โœ…No stamp duty need be paid on these written undertakings. โญ No stamp duty
Rule 255Security Requirement โ€” One-Third Margin
  • ๐Ÿ”’Loans to parties other than State Governments, wholly-owned Government Companies and Local Administration of Union Territories shall be sanctioned only against adequate security. Security shall ordinarily be at least 33โ…“% (one-third) more than the amount of the loan.
  • ๐Ÿ“‹A competent authority may accept security of less value for adequate reasons to be recorded.
Rule 256Utilization Certificates for Loans โ€” Form GFR 12-B

Sub-rule (1) โ€” Primary Responsibility

  • ๐Ÿ“ŒWhere conditions are attached to the utilisation of a loan, the authority competent to sanction the loan is primarily responsible for certifying to the Accounts Officer that the conditions have been fulfilled. Loans to State Governments and Local Administration of UTs are excluded from this rule.

Sub-rule (2) โ€” Key UC Provisions

๐Ÿ“Œ UC Rules for Loans โ€” Key Points
  • ๐Ÿ“‹(i) Form: UC shall be furnished in Form GFR 12-B at intervals agreed between the Audit/Accounts Officer and the Ministry/Department.
  • ๐Ÿ“‹(ii) Mandatory UC: A Certificate of Utilisation shall be furnished to the Accounts Officer in every case of loan made for specific purposes, even if no conditions are specifically attached to the grant. Not required where loan is not for a specific purpose/object but is a temporary financial aid, or where loans to PSUs are for financing approved capital outlays.
  • ๐Ÿ“‹(iii)/(iv): Where detailed accounts are maintained by Accounts Office โ†’ UC for each individual case by sanctioning authority. Where accounts are maintained departmentally โ†’ consolidated UC furnished to Audit by Ministries/Departments for total loans disbursed during each year (year-wise and object-wise break-up; sub-head-wise for Accounts Officer verification). Loans to individuals are excluded.
  • ๐Ÿ“…(v) Target date: UCs shall be furnished within a reasonable time. Target date: not later than 18 months from the date of sanction of the loan. โ— UC within 18 months of sanction
  • ๐Ÿ“…(vi) Consolidated UC: Where accounts are maintained departmentally, the 18-month period shall be reckoned from the expiry of the financial year in which the loans are disbursed. Therefore, consolidated UCs in respect of loans paid each year shall be furnished not later than September of the second succeeding financial year. โ— Consolidated UC by Sept of 2nd succeeding FY
  • ๐Ÿ“…(vii): Due dates for UC submission shall be specified in the letter of sanction for loan. Extension only in very exceptional circumstances in consultation with MoF under intimation to Audit/Accounts Officer. No further loans shall be sanctioned unless the sanctioning authority is satisfied about proper utilisation of earlier loans.
Rule 257Loans Drawn in Instalments โ€” Each Treated Separately
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒWhen a loan is drawn in instalments, each instalment shall be treated as a separate loan for purposes of repayment of principal and payment of interest โ€” unless the various instalments drawn during a FY are consolidated into a single loan at the end of that FY.
  • ๐Ÿ’ฐIn case of consolidation: simple interest at the prescribed rate on the various loan instalments from the date of drawal of each instalment to the date of their consolidation shall be separately payable by the borrower.
  • ๐Ÿ“…Repayment and interest shall be arranged annually on or before the anniversary date of drawal or consolidation of the loan. Sanctioning authority may allow a moratorium towards repayment of principal โ€” but not for payment of interest.
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒIf there is undue delay on the part of the debtor in taking out the last instalment, the sanctioning authority may at any time declare the loan closed and order repayment to begin. The Accounts Officer shall bring any such delay to notice.
Rule 258Defaults in Payment โ€” Penal Interest

Sub-rule (1) โ€” Penal Interest Rate

โ›” Default and Penal Interest โ€” Rule 258(1)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒFor State/UT Governments, wholly Govt-owned companies and PSUs: Loan sanctions/undertakings/agreements shall invariably include provision for levy of penal interest on overdue instalments.
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒFor all other cases: Sanctions/agreements shall invariably stipulate a higher rate of interest with provision for a lower rate for punctual payments.
  • โš ๏ธThe penal/higher rate of interest shall not, except under special orders of Government, be less than 2.5% per annum above the normal rate. โ— Minimum penal rate = normal + 2.5% p.a.

Sub-rule (2) โ€” Reporting of Default

  • ๐Ÿ“ŒAny default in payment of interest or repayment of principal shall be promptly reported by the Accounts Officer to the authority which sanctioned the loan (only for loans whose detailed accounts are kept by that Accounts Officer).

Sub-rule (3) โ€” Interest-free and Concessional Rate Loans

  • ๐Ÿ“Œ(i) Interest-free loans (e.g., to technical educational institutions for hostels): Sanction letter shall provide that in the event of any default in repayment, interest at rates prescribed by Government will be chargeable.
  • ๐Ÿ“Œ(ii) Concessional rate loans: The concession (difference between normal and concessional rate) shall be made conditional upon prompt repayments of principal and interest.
  • ๐Ÿ“Œ(iii) Where subsidy is also provided along with interest-free loans, the sanction letter shall provide that in the event of default, the defaulted dues shall be recovered out of the subsidy payable.

Sub-rule (4) โ€” Action on Default

  • ๐Ÿ“‹On receipt of a default report, the authority concerned shall immediately take steps to get the default remedied and consider enforcement of penal/higher rate of interest. Where the sanctioning authority is satisfied that penal/higher interest need not be recovered, the borrower shall ordinarily be asked to pay interest at the normal rate on the overdue amount from the due date to the date of settlement. Recovery of additional interest shall not be waived except in special circumstances or where the period of default is very short (e.g., a few days).
Rule 259Irrecoverable Loans โ€” Write-Off
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒA competent authority, after prior approval of the Ministry of Finance, may remit or write off any loans owing to their irrecoverability or otherwise. โ— Write-off of loans โ†’ prior MoF approval
Rules 260โ€“261Accounts, Control and Audit
  • ๐Ÿ“ŠR.260: Detailed accounts of loans to Institutions and Organisations shall be maintained by the Accounts Officer who shall watch their recovery and see that the conditions attached to each loan are fulfilled (subject to directions of CAG).
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒR.261: The instructions in Chapter 9 relating to cost of audit of Grants-in-aid are applicable mutatis mutandis to loans as well.
Rule 262Annual Returns โ€” Form GFR-13 by 30 September
  • ๐Ÿ“…Each Principal Accounts Officer shall submit to the concerned Ministry/Department a statement in Form GFR-13 showing details of outstanding Central Loans borne on his books as on 31st March each year.
  • ๐Ÿ“…This statement shall be submitted not later than the following 30th September. โ— Form GFR-13 by 30 September
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Statement shall indicate: aggregate outstanding balance of loans ยท details of defaults in repayment of principal and/or interest ยท earliest period to which the default pertains โ€” against each State/UT Government, foreign Government, Railways/Posts funds, Central PSUs and other Govt Institutions. Where detailed accounts are not maintained by the Accounts Office, the statement shall contain departmental authority-wise aggregate balances.
Rule 263Annual Assessment Report โ€” FA to MoF by 30 June
  • ๐Ÿ“…Sub-rule (1): Administrative Ministries shall keep watch over the receipt of Annual Statements in Form GFR-20 from the Accounts Officer. They shall conduct a close review of defaults in repayment of principal and/or interest and take suitable measures for enforcing repayments. If statements not received in time, the Accounts Officer shall be reminded promptly. Ministries may also maintain centrally a list of all loan sanctions.
  • ๐Ÿ“…Sub-rule (2) โ€” Annual Assessment Report: A copy of the Annual Assessment Report on status of all outstanding loans (including timely and accurate payment of principal and interest due) shall be submitted by the Financial Adviser of the Administrative Ministry to the Ministry of Finance by 30th June of each financial year. โ— FA submits Annual Assessment Report to MoF by 30 June
โญ Key Numbers at a Glance โ€” Loans (Rules 246โ€“263)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒNodal division for loan terms: Budget Division, DEA, MoF (R.247)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒEvery sanction must certify MoF approval for interest rate and repayment period (R.248)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒModification to loan terms โ†’ prior MoF concurrence (R.249)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒMaximum loan term: 30 years (R.250(1)(i))
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒEarly payment โ‰ค14 days before due date โ†’ full period interest payable (R.250(1)(iv))
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒDue date on holiday โ†’ next working day; except 31 March โ†’ preceding working day (R.250(1)(v))
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒAdvance notice to loanees: Form GFR-19, ~1 month before due date; omission no excuse (R.250(1)(viii))
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒSecurity for loans (non-State/UT/wholly Govt co.): โ‰ฅ33โ…“% above loan amount (R.255)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒConcession on interest rate: take form of direct subsidy, not reduced rate (R.253(1))
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒForm GFR-15 โ†’ undertaking for wholly Govt-owned companies (R.253(2))
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒForm GFR-32 โ†’ no-hypothecation undertaking for wholly Govt-owned companies ยท No stamp duty (R.254)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒMoratorium: may be allowed for principal only; not for interest (R.252(3), R.257)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒInterest formula: Days ร— Rate รท 365 (366 leap year) ยท Interest for day of payment, NOT day of repayment (R.251)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒUC for loans: Form GFR 12-B ยท Target: 18 months from sanction ยท Consolidated UC: by September of 2nd succeeding FY (R.256)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒNo further loans until sanctioning authority is satisfied about proper utilisation of earlier loans (R.256(2)(vii))
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒPenal interest: minimum normal rate + 2.5% p.a. (R.258(1))
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒDefault reported promptly by Accounts Officer to sanctioning authority (R.258(2))
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒWrite-off of irrecoverable loans โ†’ prior MoF approval (R.259)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒAnnual returns: Form GFR-13 by each PAO ยท by 30 September for position as on 31 March (R.262)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒAnnual Assessment Report: FA โ†’ MoF by 30 June ยท Review against Form GFR-20 (R.263)
Chapter 10
Budgeting and Accounting of Externally Aided Projects
Rules 264 to 274  ยท  Sources ยท Withdrawal Procedures ยท Fund Flow ยท Repayment & Interest
Rules at a Glance
Rule No.Rule TitleKey Point
Rule 264Implementation Through External Aid โ€” FrameworkShown in Budget annually ยท Bilateral (Govt-to-Govt) and Multilateral (World Bank etc.) sources ยท DEA executes legal agreements ยท CAAA implements financial covenants ยท Copy of all agreements to CAAA
Rule 265Currency of External AidForeign currency or Indian Rupees ยท Received by RBI Mumbai ยท Rupee equivalent to CAAA account at RBI New Delhi ยท Accounted as external loan/grant in Consolidated Fund of India
Rule 266Accounting of Cash GrantsCash grants (not commodity/in-kind) accounted only by CAAA, DEA
Rule 267(1)Reimbursement ProcedurePIA spends first, claims later ยท Special Account (Revolving Fund): Funding Agency provides 4-month estimated advance; CAAA replenishes ยท Reimbursement outside Special Account: CAAA sends claims directly to Funding Agency
Rule 267(2)Direct Payment ProcedureFunding Agency pays contractor/supplier/consultant directly ยท CAAA recovers Rupee equivalent from PIA/State Govts
Rule 268Fund Flow for State ProjectsState provides budget provision ยท Under Reimbursement: CAAA consolidates State-wise โ†’ Plan Finance Div โ†’ IG Advice โ†’ RBI credits State account ยท Under Direct Payment: CAAA works out Rupee equivalent (RBI buying rate on value date) โ†’ Plan Finance Div sanctions release & simultaneous recovery
Rule 269Fund Flow for Central / CSS ProjectsEAP funds under separate budget head ยท Ministry/Dept releases funds to PIA within 6 weeks of expenditure incurred
Rule 270Fund Flow for PSUs / Financial InstitutionsAdmin Ministry provides funds in budget ยท PIA submits claims to CAAA ยท Ministry releases after CAAA certification ยท If PSU negotiates loan directly โ†’ funds flow directly to that entity
Rule 271Repayment of LoansCAAA responsible for prompt repayment on due date ยท Through designated Public Sector Commercial Banks and RBI ยท Classified as charged expenditure ยท Further on-lent amounts โ†’ recovery by respective Ministry/Dept
Rule 272Interest PaymentsOn due date as per agreement ยท Debited under Major Head '2049-Interest Payments' in CF ยท Classified as charged expenditure
Rule 273Accounting of Exchange VariationExchange variation on fully repaid loans โ†’ adjusted/written off to '8680-Miscellaneous Government Accounts' as per GAR and CGA procedures
Rule 274Aid in Form of Materials and EquipmentFunding Agency advises Ministry of materials supplied with value ยท Ministry intimates CAAA for budget provision ยท Under Major Head '3606-Aid Materials and Equipment'
Framework and Sources of External Aid โ€” Rules 264โ€“266
Rule 264 Implementation of Projects through External Aid โ€” Four Sub-rules
Sub-rule (1) โ€” Shown in Annual Budget
  • ๐Ÿ›๏ธThe projects or schemes of the Government of India to be implemented through external aid shall be shown in the budget proposals approved annually by Parliament.
Sub-rule (2) โ€” Two Sources of External Aid
๐Ÿ“Œ Bilateral vs Multilateral Aid
TypeDescriptionAgreement Type
BilateralOne country funds specific project(s) of another countryGovernment-to-Government agreement
MultilateralMulti-lateral Funding Agencies โ€” e.g. World BankAgreement between borrower (GoI) and the Multilateral Funding Agency
Sub-rule (3) โ€” Who Executes Legal Agreements
  • ๐Ÿ“œThe Department of Economic Affairs (DEA), Ministry of Finance as the nodal agency shall execute the legal agreement for loans or grants from external funding agencies.
  • โœ…Exception: Grant agreements for Technical Assistance can also be executed by the beneficiary Ministries or Departments with the approval of DEA, MoF.
Sub-rule (4) โ€” Role of Controller of Aid Accounts and Audit (CAAA)
  • ๐ŸฆThe Office of the Controller of Aid Accounts and Audit (CAAA) in the Department of Economic Affairs, MoF shall be responsible for implementing the financial covenants laid down in the agreements.
  • ๐Ÿ“‹A copy of all such agreements shall be sent to the Office of CAAA, DEA for this purpose.
Rule 265 Currency of External Aid โ€” Flow of Funds
  • ๐Ÿ’ฑExternal aid shall flow from the Funding Agency in foreign currency or Indian Rupees and shall be received by the Reserve Bank of India, Mumbai.
  • ๐Ÿ”„RBI Mumbai shall remit the Rupee equivalent to the account of Controller, Aid Accounts and Audit, DEA at RBI New Delhi.
  • ๐Ÿ“’The remittances shall be accounted as external loan / Grant receipts in the Consolidated Fund of India.
๐Ÿ“Œ Flow of External Aid
  • โžก๏ธFunding Agency โ†’ RBI Mumbai (foreign currency/INR) โ†’ Rupee equivalent โ†’ CAAA account at RBI New Delhi โ†’ Credited as external loan/grant in Consolidated Fund of India
Rule 266 Accounting of Cash Grants
  • ๐Ÿ’ฐCash grants โ€” as distinct from commodity grants or other assistance in kind received from external sources โ€” shall be accounted for only by the office of Controller of Aid Accounts and Audit, Department of Economic Affairs.
โญ Cash Grant vs In-Kind Aid
  • ๐Ÿ’ตCash Grants: Accounted exclusively by CAAA, DEA (Rule 266)
  • ๐Ÿ“ฆAid in form of Materials/Equipment: Ministry is intimated by Funding Agency; Ministry then intimates CAAA for budget provision (Rule 274)
Withdrawal Procedures โ€” Rule 267
Rule 267 Two Procedures for Withdrawal of Funds

Administrative Ministries/Departments must make provision of funds under the relevant head of account as 'External Aided Component' in their Detailed Demands for Grants. There are two main procedures for withdrawal:

Sub-rule (1) โ€” Reimbursement Procedure
  • ๐Ÿ”„Under the reimbursement procedure, the Project Implementing Agency (PIA) shall initially spend or incur expenditure and subsequently claim the amount from the Funding Agency through the office of the CAAA.
โš ๏ธ Two Types of Reimbursement
  • 1๏ธโƒฃReimbursement through Special Account (Revolving Fund Scheme):
    • Funding Agency disburses estimated expenditure of 4 months as an initial advance to GoI after loan is declared effective. โ— 4-month advance
    • Initial deposit (in US Dollars) โ†’ received by RBI Mumbai โ†’ Rupee equivalent passed to CAAA via Government Foreign Transaction (GFT) advice.
    • On receipt of reimbursement claims from PIA, CAAA advises RBI Mumbai to debit the Special Account with US Dollar equivalent of the eligible claim.
    • CAAA consolidates all claims and submits to Funding Agency for replenishment of Special Account, along with a statement of debits and credits by RBI Mumbai and supporting documents from PIA.
  • 2๏ธโƒฃReimbursement outside Special Account:
    • Used where no Special Account provision in the agreement or when the balance in the Special Account is 'Nil'.
    • CAAA sends reimbursement claims received from PIA directly to the Funding Agency after checking eligibility.
    • Funding Agency disburses eligible amount to borrower's account with RBI Mumbai โ†’ Rupee equivalent passed to CAAA at RBI New Delhi via GFT advice.
Sub-rule (2) โ€” Direct Payment Procedure
  • โžก๏ธUnder this procedure, the Funding Agency โ€” on the request of the PIA (received through CAAA) and duly supported by relevant documents โ€” directly pays the contractor, supplier or consultant from the loan/credit/grant account.
  • ๐Ÿ“ขThe Funding Agency apprises both CAAA and the PIA of the particulars of the payment made.
  • ๐Ÿ’ฑCAAA shall work out the Rupee equivalent of the foreign currency payment and recover this Rupee equivalent from the PIAs or State Governments which availed of the Direct Payment Procedure.
โญ Reimbursement vs Direct Payment โ€” Key Difference
FeatureReimbursementDirect Payment
Who pays first?PIA pays first, then claims backFunding Agency pays directly
Paid to whom?GoI/PIA's accountContractor/Supplier/Consultant directly
Rupee equivalentCredited to CAAA via GFT adviceRecovered by CAAA from PIA/State Govt
Fund Flow โ€” Rules 268โ€“270
Rule 268 Fund Flow for State Projects financed from External Aid
Sub-rule (1) โ€” State Budget Provision
  • ๐Ÿ›๏ธRespective Departments of the State Government shall provide in the Budget the expenditure proposed to be incurred under Plan Schemes during the financial year by PIAs under State projects financed from external aid sources.
Sub-rule (2) โ€” Fund Flow under Reimbursement Procedure (State Projects)
  • ๐Ÿ”„CAAA consolidates disbursements State-wise at periodical intervals under each loan/credit โ†’ sends details to Plan Finance Division, Department of Expenditure, MoF.
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Plan Finance Division issues sanctions for actual release to respective State Governments. A copy is endorsed to the Finance Department of the concerned State.
  • ๐ŸฆThe office of the Chief Controller of Accounts, MoF issues an Inter-Government (IG) Advice to RBI, Central Accounts Section, Nagpur โ€” the State Government's account at RBI, CAS Nagpur is credited, completing the fund flow cycle.
Sub-rule (3) โ€” Fund Flow under Direct Payment Procedure (State Projects)
  • ๐Ÿ’ฑCAAA works out the Rupee equivalent of Direct Payments based on RBI buying rate applicable for the value date on which the Direct Payment was made. โญ RBI buying rate on value date
  • ๐Ÿ“ŠCAAA consolidates disbursements State-wise and requests Plan Finance Division to release the amount to the State notionally and simultaneously recover the same for credit back to CAAA's account.
  • ๐ŸฆThe Chief Controller of Accounts, MoF advises RBI, CAS Nagpur to make necessary adjustment entries in the accounts of the concerned State โ€” completing the Direct Payment fund flow cycle.
Rule 269 Fund Flow for Central / Centrally Sponsored Projects
  • ๐Ÿ›๏ธUnder Central or Centrally Sponsored Projects (CSS) financed from external aid, the disbursement process is the same as explained in Rule 267.
  • ๐Ÿ“‹The respective Ministry or Department gets EAP (Externally Aided Project) funds under a separate budget head when Demands for Grants are passed in Parliament and advised by the Budget Division, MoF.
  • โฐThe funds shall be released to the Project Implementing Agency within six weeks by the administrative Ministry or Department with reference to expenditure incurred by the PIA. โ— 6 weeks for release
Rule 270 Fund Flow for PSUs and Financial Institutions
  • ๐ŸญWhen the PIA under a Loan/Credit Agreement is a Public Sector or Financial Institution or Autonomous Body and GoI is the Borrower:
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒThe Administrative Ministry concerned provides in its budget funds required to be passed on to the PIA.
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒThe PIA submits claims to CAAA under reimbursement or direct payment procedures.
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒThe concerned Ministry/Department releases the amount to PIA based on the certification of disbursement received from the Funding Agency, as certified by CAAA.
  • โœ…Exception: Where the loan is negotiated directly by a PSU or Financial Institution, the funds from the Funding Agency shall flow directly to the borrowing entity.
Repayment, Interest and Accounting โ€” Rules 271โ€“274
Rule 271 Repayment of Loans
  • ๐Ÿ“…The CAAA shall be responsible for prompt repayment of principal on the due date as per the agreements.
  • ๐ŸฆRemittance of foreign currency is arranged through designated Public Sector Commercial Banks and RBI. The Rupee equivalent of foreign currency remitted is debited to CAAA's account.
  • ๐Ÿ“’On receipt of the advice from RBI New Delhi, CAAA shall debit the concerned loan account in the Consolidated Fund of India.
  • โš ๏ธThe repayment of loans shall be classified as Charged Expenditure. โญ Charged expenditure
  • ๐Ÿ”„In cases where EAP funds are further passed on as loans, the recovery of the loan along with interest shall be the responsibility of the respective administrative Ministry or Department.
Rule 272 Interest Payments on External Loans
  • ๐Ÿ“…Interest on external loans shall be paid on the due date as stipulated in the loan/credit agreements against the budget provision made for this purpose.
  • ๐Ÿ“’Interest payments shall be accounted for as debit under Major Head '2049 โ€” Interest Payments' for external loans in the Consolidated Fund of India. โญ MH 2049
  • ๐Ÿ”„The procedure for transfer of amount shall be the same as followed in the case of repayment of loans (Rule 271).
  • โš ๏ธInterest payment shall be classified as Charged Expenditure.
Rule 273 Accounting of Exchange Variation
  • ๐Ÿ’ฑThe exchange variation in respect of foreign loans that have been fully repaid shall be adjusted and written off to "8680 โ€” Miscellaneous Government Accounts โ€” Write off" in terms of Government Accounting Rules and the procedures prescribed by CGA in consultation with CAG.
Rule 274 Aid in Form of Materials and Equipment
  • ๐Ÿ“ฆIn cases where materials, equipment and other commodities โ€” without involving any cash inflow โ€” are received as aid from foreign countries, the Funding Agency issues an advice to the concerned Ministry or Department giving details of materials supplied along with the value thereof.
  • ๐Ÿ“‹The Ministry or Department concerned shall in turn intimate the details to CAAA, DEA for making the budget provision in regard to aid material or equipment.
  • ๐Ÿ“’Accounted under Major Head '3606 โ€” Aid Materials and Equipment' โ€” refer Para 4.8.1 of the Civil Accounts Manual for detailed adjustment procedure. โญ MH 3606
โญ Key Players โ€” Chapter 10 Quick Reference
PlayerRole
DEA (Nodal Agency)Executes legal agreements for loans/grants ยท TA grants by beneficiary Ministry with DEA approval
CAAAImplements financial covenants ยท Processes withdrawal claims ยท Accounts cash grants ยท Responsible for loan repayment ยท Recovers Rupee equivalent from PIAs under Direct Payment
RBI MumbaiReceives foreign currency/INR from Funding Agency ยท Maintains Special Account proforma ยท Issues GFT advice
RBI New DelhiCAAA's account maintained here ยท Receives Rupee equivalent from Mumbai
Plan Finance Div, DoEIssues sanctions for release of funds to State Governments
CCA, MoFIssues Inter-Government (IG) Advice to RBI CAS Nagpur for State fund releases
RBI CAS, NagpurCredits State Government accounts on receipt of IG Advice
โญ Numbers and Heads to Remember โ€” Chapter 10
  • ๐Ÿ“Œ4-month advance โ€” Initial advance under Revolving Fund (Special Account) Scheme (R.267)
  • ๐Ÿ“Œ6 weeks โ€” Ministry/Dept must release EAP funds to PIA for Central/CSS projects (R.269)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒRBI buying rate on value date โ€” basis for Rupee equivalent calculation under Direct Payment for States (R.268)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒMajor Head 2049 โ€” Interest payments on external loans in CF of India (R.272)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒMajor Head 3606 โ€” Aid Materials and Equipment (R.274)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒHead 8680 โ€” Exchange variation on fully repaid foreign loans written off (R.273)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒCharged expenditure โ€” both loan repayment (R.271) and interest payment (R.272)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒGFT Advice โ€” Government Foreign Transaction advice used to transfer Rupee equivalent from RBI Mumbai to CAAA account at RBI New Delhi
Chapter 11
Government Guarantees
Rules 275 to 283  ยท  Power ยท Objectives ยท Guidelines ยท Fees ยท Execution ยท Review ยท Invocation
Rules at a Glance
Rule No.Rule TitleKey Point
Rule 275Power to Give and Limits on GuaranteesArt.292 of Constitution ยท Subject to FRBM Act limits ยท Powers vest with Budget Division, DEA (including external borrowings)
Rule 276Objectives of Government Guarantees3 objectives โ€” Improve project viability ยท Enable PSUs to borrow at lower rates ยท Fulfill precondition for concessional bilateral/multilateral loans
Rule 277Guidelines for Grant of GoI Guarantee (14 sub-clauses)Must be justified in public interest ยท FA consultation ยท Risk assessment independently ยท Budget Division, DEA approval mandatory ยท Data in Form GFR-26 ยท Principal + normal interest only ยท Only to Central PSUs/agencies ยท NOT to private sector ยท NOT for ECBs normally ยท NOT for grants ยท Not for low-priority objectives ยท Not for financially strong CPSEs
Rule 278Borrowings by CPSUs from Multilateral AgenciesDirect borrowings without GoI intermediation ยท GoI guarantee โ†’ prior Budget Division approval ยท Guarantee fee on principal outstanding ยท GoI covers principal + normal interest only ยท Exchange rate risk shared between borrower and lender
Rule 279Levy of Guarantee FeesRates notified by Budget Division, DEA (Appendix-12) ยท Levied before guarantee and every 1st April on outstanding amount ยท Default โ†’ double the normal rate ยท Guarantee limit normally 80% of project loan ยท 100% only in exceptional cases where entity discharges Govt function
Rule 280Execution of Government GuaranteesExecuted and monitored by Administrative Ministry ยท Back-to-back agreement with borrower mandatory ยท No inconsistency with MoF approval ยท Deviations โ†’ separate case to Budget Division ยท Must be executed in same financial year as approval ยท Guarantee for specific purpose only ยท Non-transferable ยท FA maintains records and reports
Rule 281Review of GuaranteesAnnual review by FA ยท Copy of review report to Budget Division by 30th April ยท Register of guarantees in Form GFR-25 maintained by FA ยท Updated data sent to Budget Division by 10th April ยท 6 categories of guarantee classification
Rule 282Accounting for GuaranteesFRBM Rule 6 โ†’ disclosure statement in Receipt Budget ยท Compiled by Admin Ministries โ†’ CGA โ†’ Budget Division ยท Must tally with Detailed DFG and Finance Accounts ยท Compliant with IGAS-1
Rule 283Invocation of GuaranteeGuarantee Redemption Fund (GRF) in Public Account ยท Funded through budgetary appropriations under DEA's DFG ยท Admin Ministry to inform Budget Division in advance of likely invocation ยท On invocation โ†’ sanction loan to borrower equal to guarantee outstanding ยท Finally charged to GRF in Public Account
Power, Limits and Objectives โ€” Rules 275โ€“276
Rule 275 Power to Give and Limits on Government Guarantees
Sub-rule (1) โ€” Constitutional and Statutory Basis
  • โš–๏ธThe power of the Union Government to give guarantees emanates from and is subject to such limits as may be fixed in terms of Article 292 of the Constitution of India, the Fiscal Responsibility and Budget Management (FRBM) Act and Rules framed thereunder.
Sub-rule (2) โ€” FRBM Aggregate Limit
  • ๐Ÿ”’In terms of the FRBM Act and Rules, the Central Government shall not give guarantees aggregating the amount prescribed therein. The FRBM sets a ceiling on the total outstanding guarantees at any time.
Sub-rule (3) โ€” Who Holds the Power
  • ๐Ÿ›๏ธPowers to grant Government of India Guarantee, including those on external borrowings, vest with the Budget Division, Department of Economic Affairs (DEA). โ— Budget Division, DEA
๐Ÿ“Œ Constitutional Basis โ€” Art. 292
  • โš–๏ธArticle 292: The executive power of the Union extends to the giving of guarantees upon the security of the Consolidated Fund of India within such limits, if any, as may be fixed by Parliament by law.
Rule 276 Three Objectives of Government Guarantees

The sovereign guarantee is normally extended for the purpose of achieving the following three objectives:

  • 1๏ธโƒฃTo improve viability of projects or activities undertaken by central entities with significant social and economic benefits.
  • 2๏ธโƒฃTo enable Central Public Sector companies to raise resources at lower interest charges or on more favourable terms.
  • 3๏ธโƒฃTo fulfil the requirement in cases where sovereign guarantee is a precondition for concessional loans from bilateral/multilateral agencies to Central Public Sector companies/agencies.
Guidelines for Grant of GoI Guarantee โ€” Rule 277
Rule 277 Guidelines for Grant of GoI Guarantee โ€” 14 Sub-clauses
(i) Must Be Justified in Public Interest
  • ๐Ÿ›๏ธA proposal for guarantee must be justified in public interest โ€” such as borrowings by Central Public Sector institutions for approved development purposes or borrowings by CPSUs from Banks for working capital and other purposes.
(ii) Examination โ€” Four Considerations
  • ๐Ÿ”The Administrative Ministry/Department or Credit Divisions of DEA shall examine the proposal in consultation with the Financial Adviser, in the same manner as a proposal for loan. Four considerations:
    • ๐Ÿ“Œ(a) Public interest the guarantee is expected to serve
    • ๐Ÿ“Œ(b) Credit worthiness of the borrower โ€” to ensure no undue risk
    • ๐Ÿ“Œ(c) Terms of the borrowing shall take into account the yields as applicable on Government paper of similar maturity
    • ๐Ÿ“Œ(d) Conditions prescribed in the guarantee order/agreement to ensure continued credit worthiness
(iii) Independent Risk Assessment โ€” Mandatory
โš ๏ธ Risk associated with assumption of a new contingent liability/guarantee, including the probability of future payouts, shall be thoroughly assessed. This assessment should ideally be entrusted to an independent unit and should be undertaken even when a higher authority has already decided to provide guarantees. The assessment should reveal an accurate picture of the financial condition of the entity and risks of implementation, to estimate funds needed to meet contingent liabilities in current or future budgets.
(iv) Budget Division, DEA Approval is Mandatory
โš ๏ธ After examination, all proposals for extending guarantees shall be referred to Budget Division, DEA for approval. No guarantees shall be given without the approval of Budget Division, DEA. โ— Mandatory approval
(v) Data in Form GFR-26
  • ๐Ÿ“‹All Ministries/Departments should furnish to MoF the data of certain operational parameters of the PSU or Entity in Form GFR-26 along with the proposal. Where accounts have been audited by CAG, the effect of CAG comments on profitability should be brought out. Where BIFR targets or Cabinet directions have been assigned, actuals vis-ร -vis targets for the preceding three years should be indicated.
What Guarantees Cover and Don't Cover โ€” Sub-clauses (vi) to (xiv)
โญ Guarantee Scope โ€” What's IN and What's OUT
โœ… PERMITTEDโŒ NOT PERMITTED
Repayment of principal + normal interest only (vi)Other risks beyond principal + normal interest (vi)
Only to Central Public Sector companies/agencies (vii)Private sector โ€” guarantees shall not be provided (viii)
Soft loan components of bilateral/multilateral aid (x)External Commercial Borrowings โ€” normally not (ix)
Donor insists on performance guarantee for grants โ†’ as a negotiating condition only (xi)Grants โ€” GoI guarantee will not be given for grants (xi) ยท Commercial loan components of bilateral/multilateral aid (x)
Appropriate conditions โ€” guarantee fee, period, Govt board representation, mortgage/lien, periodic reports, audit rights (xii)Low-priority objectives or programmes (xiii)
โ€”CPSEs with strong financial credentials and high credit rating that can raise resources without Govt guarantee (xiv)
Rule 278 Borrowings from Multilateral Agencies by Central PSUs
  • ๐ŸŒ(i) All borrowings from multilateral agencies by CPSUs would be direct (without GoI intermediation) on terms mutually agreed between borrower and lender and approved by Government of India. Where such terms involve GoI guarantee, prior approval of Budget Division, MoF must be obtained.
  • โœ…(ii) The borrowing should relate to Projects approved by the prescribed competent authority of the Central Government.
  • ๐Ÿ’ฐ(iii) Where GoI guarantee is given, the borrower shall enter into an agreement with GoI for the payment of guarantee fee on the principal amount of the loan drawn and loan outstanding from time to time.
  • ๐Ÿ”’(iv) GoI Guarantee would only cover principal amount and normal interest. All other risks including exchange rate risk would be shared between the borrower and lender as per the loan agreement.
Guarantee Fees and Execution โ€” Rules 279โ€“280
Rule 279 Levy of Guarantee Fees
Sub-rule (1) โ€” Rates and Applicability
  • ๐Ÿ’ฐRates of fee on guarantees would be as notified by the Budget Division, DEA, MoF from time to time (rates given in Appendix-12). All Ministries/Departments shall levy the prescribed fee in all cases, including non-fund based borrowings or credits (letters of credit, bank guarantees, etc.).
Sub-rule (2) โ€” When and on What Amount
  • ๐Ÿ“…Guarantee fee should be levied:
    • 1๏ธโƒฃBefore the guarantee is given, and
    • 2๏ธโƒฃThereafter on 1st April every year. โ— 1st April annually
  • ๐Ÿ“ŠThe rate of guarantee fee is applied on the amount outstanding at the beginning of the guarantee year.
Sub-rule (3) โ€” Default in Payment
โš ๏ธ Where the guarantee fee is not paid on the due date, fee should be charged at double the normal rates for the period of default. โ— 2ร— for default
Sub-rule (4) โ€” 80% Cap on Guarantee + Exception
โญ Guarantee Ceiling โ€” 80% Rule
  • ๐Ÿ“ŠThe Government may guarantee no more than 80% of the project loan, depending on conditions imposed by the lender. This incentivises lenders to conduct proper analysis and bear at least 20% of net loss associated with any default. โ— Max 80%
  • โœ…Exception: In certain exceptional circumstances, GoI may guarantee 100% of the financing where the organisation concerned is discharging some function on behalf of the Government of India.
Rule 280 Execution of Government Guarantees
Sub-rule (i) โ€” Execution and Monitoring by Administrative Ministry
  • ๐Ÿ›๏ธOnce approved by MoF, guarantees will be executed and monitored by the Administrative Ministries concerned, who are required to report the status annually till they are invoked or obliterated.

Key execution guidelines:

  • ๐Ÿ“‹(a) Back-to-Back Agreement: The Admin Ministry/Department shall enter into a back-to-back agreement with the borrower to ensure servicing of loan, guarantee monitoring, and adherence to terms. Necessary records to monitor the guarantee, including guarantee fee servicing, shall be maintained by the Line Ministry.
  • โš ๏ธ(b) Consistency: The Admin Ministry must ensure no inconsistency between the guarantee approval given by MoF and the guarantee agreement signed with the borrower.
  • ๐Ÿ“(c) Deviations/Amendments: Deviations or modifications on main conditions of the guarantee should not be referred routinely to Budget Division. The Admin Ministry shall make out a separate case fully justifying the need, after thorough scrutiny, before placing before Budget Division for final decision.
  • ๐ŸŒ(d) Bilateral/Multilateral Credit: Standard format of guarantee of lending institutions shall be examined to ensure they are not in contradiction with conditions prescribed in this chapter, before signing. New conditions or covenants and differences shall be referred to Budget Division, DEA for concurrence.
  • ๐Ÿ“…(e) Same Financial Year: Guarantee proposals approved by Budget Division shall be executed in the same financial year. If the guarantee/loan agreement is not signed in the same FY as approval, the proposal shall be submitted again. โ— Same FY execution
  • ๐ŸŽฏ(f) Specific Purpose: Guarantee shall hold only for the specific purpose agreed to by Budget Division.
  • ๐Ÿ”’(g) Non-Transferable: Guarantee given by GoI shall be non-transferable and would cease to exist in case the ownership of the entity is transferred from GoI, unless the Guarantee is re-confirmed by the Budget Division.
Sub-rule (ii) โ€” Financial Adviser's Responsibility
  • ๐Ÿ‘คThe Financial Advisers in Ministry/Department will perform the responsibility of maintenance of records and reporting including for the Finance Accounts and the IGAS, through the office of Controller/Chief Controller of Accounts.
Review, Accounting and Invocation โ€” Rules 281โ€“283
Rule 281 Review of Guarantees
Sub-rule (1) โ€” Annual Review
  • ๐Ÿ“…All Ministries/Departments shall ensure that all guarantees are reviewed every year. The monitoring/review should examine:
    • โœ…Whether the borrower is discharging repayment and interest obligations as per terms
    • โœ…Whether repaying capacity is impaired in any manner
    • โœ…Whether all covenants and conditions are being followed
  • ๐Ÿ“‹The Financial Advisers of the Ministries/Departments should undertake these reviews. A copy of the review report (including on timely payment of guarantee fees) shall be forwarded by the FA to the Budget Division by 30th April every year for the previous financial year. โ— 30th April deadline
Sub-rule (2) โ€” Register of Guarantees โ€” Form GFR-25
  • ๐Ÿ“’The FA shall ensure a Register of Guarantees in Form GFR-25 is maintained for:
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒRecord of guarantees
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒInformation required from time to time
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒRecord of annual reviews
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒRecord of levy and recovery of guarantee fee
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒData in Form GFR-25 sent to Budget Division, DEA by 10th of April every year. โ— 10th April deadline
Sub-rule (3) โ€” External Loan Guarantees by MoF
  • ๐Ÿ›๏ธIn respect of guarantees issued by MoF for external loans, the respective credit divisions of DEA shall conduct an annual review in consultation with the FA (DEA). Report forwarded to Budget Division in Form GFR-25. Where guarantees on external loans are issued by the administrative Ministry, that Ministry is responsible for the review.
Sub-rule (4) โ€” Six Classification Categories of Guarantees
๐Ÿ“‹ Six Categories of Government Guarantees
  • 1๏ธโƒฃGuarantees to RBI, banks and financial institutions for repayment of principal, interest, cash credit, seasonal agricultural operations and/or working capital.
  • 2๏ธโƒฃGuarantees for repayment of share capital, minimum annual dividend, bonds or loans, debentures issued by statutory corporations and CPSUs.
  • 3๏ธโƒฃGuarantees in pursuance of agreements with international financial institutions, foreign lending agencies, foreign governments, contractors, suppliers, consultants โ€” for repayment of principal, interest, commitment charges, or payment against supplies of materials and equipment.
  • 4๏ธโƒฃCounter-guarantees to banks in consideration of banks having issued letters of credit or authority to foreign suppliers.
  • 5๏ธโƒฃGuarantees given to Railways for due and punctual payment of dues by Central Government companies or corporations.
  • 6๏ธโƒฃOthers โ€” guarantees not covered under the above five classes.
Rule 282 Accounting for Guarantees โ€” FRBM Disclosure
  • ๐Ÿ“œFRBM Rule 6 of 2004 requires Government to publish a disclosure statement on guarantees given by Government at the time of presenting the Annual Financial Statement and Demands for Grants. This statement covers class and number of guarantees, amounts guaranteed, outstanding, invocations, guarantee fee payable, and other material details.
Process of Compilation and Publication
  • ๐Ÿ”„(i) Statement compiled by Administrative Ministries/Departments โ†’ submitted to Controller General of Accounts โ†’ forwarded to Budget Division. Based on inputs, a Statement of Guarantees is published as an annexure in the Receipt Budget.
  • โœ…(ii) Ministries/Departments must ensure and certify that amounts shown tally with the total figures in the Detailed Demands for Grants.
  • ๐Ÿ“‹(iii) Ministries/Departments must also certify that information tallies with the material furnished to CGA for the Finance Accounts and is compliant with Indian Government Accounting Standard-1 (IGAS-1) relating to Government Guarantees. โญ IGAS-1
Rule 283 Invocation of Guarantee โ€” Guarantee Redemption Fund
Sub-rule (1) โ€” Guarantee Redemption Fund (GRF)
  • ๐ŸฆA Guarantee Redemption Fund (GRF) has been established in the Public Account of India for redemption of guarantees given to CPSEs, Financial Institutions, etc., whenever such guarantees are invoked.
  • ๐Ÿ’ฐFunding to the GRF is done through budgetary appropriations under the head 'Transfer to Guarantee Redemption Fund' through the Demands for Grants of the Department of Economic Affairs.
Sub-rule (2) โ€” Advance Notice of Likely Invocation
  • ๐Ÿ“ขThe Administrative Ministries/Departments should inform any case of impending/likely invocation, well in advance, to the Budget Division, along with the proposed corrective measures.
Sub-rule (3) โ€” Discharge of Obligation on Invocation
  • โš–๏ธIn the event of invocation of a guarantee, the obligation may be discharged by sanctioning a loan to the borrowing entity equal to the amount of guarantee outstanding โ€” with the approval of Budget Division, MoF.
  • ๐Ÿ’ณHowever, any payment on this account will finally be charged to the Guarantee Redemption Fund maintained in the Public Accounts.
๐Ÿ“Œ Guarantee Invocation โ€” Flow
  • โžก๏ธGuarantee invoked โ†’ Admin Ministry informs Budget Division in advance โ†’ Obligation discharged by sanction of loan to borrower (= amount of guarantee outstanding) with Budget Division approval โ†’ Payment finally charged to Guarantee Redemption Fund (Public Account)
โญ Numbers and Key Facts to Remember โ€” Chapter 11
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒArt. 292 โ€” Constitutional power for Union Government guarantees (R.275)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒBudget Division, DEA โ€” holds power to grant GoI guarantee including on external borrowings (R.275)
  • ๐Ÿ“Œ3 objectives of sovereign guarantee โ€” project viability ยท lower interest rates ยท precondition for concessional loans (R.276)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒPrincipal + normal interest only โ€” GoI guarantee does not cover other risks or exchange rate risk (R.277, R.278)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒNOT to private sector ยท NOT normally for ECBs ยท NOT for grants ยท NOT for low-priority objectives ยท NOT for financially strong CPSEs (R.277)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒForm GFR-26 โ€” data of operational parameters of PSU/Entity furnished with guarantee proposal (R.277)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒGuarantee fee levied before giving + every 1st April on outstanding amount ยท Default โ†’ 2ร— normal rate (R.279)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒMaximum 80% of project loan ยท Exception: 100% when entity discharges Govt function (R.279)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒSame financial year โ€” guarantee must be executed in same FY as Budget Division approval; else resubmit (R.280)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒNon-transferable โ€” GoI guarantee ceases on ownership transfer unless re-confirmed (R.280)
  • ๐Ÿ“Œ30th April โ€” FA forwards annual review report to Budget Division (R.281)
  • ๐Ÿ“Œ10th April โ€” updated Form GFR-25 data sent to Budget Division (R.281)
  • ๐Ÿ“Œ6 categories of guarantee classification (R.281)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒIGAS-1 โ€” Indian Government Accounting Standard on Government Guarantees (R.282)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒGuarantee Redemption Fund โ€” in Public Account ยท funded via DEA's DFG ยท invocation discharged by sanctioning loan to borrower (R.283)
Chapter 12
Miscellaneous Subjects
Rules 284 to 324  ยท  Establishment ยท Claims ยท Security Deposits ยท Land & Buildings ยท Local Bodies ยท Records ยท Advances
Rules at a Glance โ€” Nine Sections
Rule No.Rule Title / SectionKey Point
I. ESTABLISHMENT (Rules 284โ€“299)
Rule 284Proposals for Additions to Establishment4 mandatory contents in every proposal ยท Continuation beyond specified duration โ†’ explicit MoF approval ยท Increase in emoluments โ†’ MoF approval
Rule 285Digitised Service RecordsAll service matters (entry to exit) โ€” leave, transfer, promotion, appraisal โ€” in digitised format
Rule 286Transfer of ChargeForm GFR-16 ยท signed by both ยท same day to HoD ยท 3 exceptions ยท Cash Book closed on transfer date ยท sudden casualty โ†’ next senior takes charge
Rule 287Date of Birth DeclarationAt appointment ยท Matriculation+: Matric certificate ยท Others: Municipal Birth Certificate or last school certificate
Rule 288Service BookAnnual verification by HoO ยท Duplicate: 1st copy with HoO; 2nd to employee (existing: 6 months; new: 1 month) ยท January update, returned in 30 days ยท Lost copy: โ‚น500 ยท All to be digitised
Rule 289Retrospective Sanction โ€” Charge Due DateCharge not due before it is sanctioned ยท Time limit runs from date of sanction, not effective date
Rule 290TA Claim Due DateDue on day after journey completion ยท Submit within 60 days ยท Failure โ†’ forfeited
Rule 291TA โ€” Retired Govt Servant (Court)Eligible only on honourable acquittal judgement ยท Date of judgement = reference point
Rule 292LTC Claim Due DateDue on day after return journey ยท With advance: 30 days ยท Without advance: 60 days ยท Failure โ†’ forfeited
Rule 293Overtime Allowance ClaimsDue on 1st of following month ยท Forfeited if not submitted within 60 days
Rule 294Withheld Increment โ€” Due Date1-year period from date increment falls due, NOT from date of Increment Certificate signing
Rule 295Arrear ClaimsWithin 2 years โ†’ DDO/AO after usual checks ยท Beyond 2 years โ†’ HoD investigates; if satisfied, pays ยท HoD may delegate to subordinate appointment authority
Rule 296Time-Barred ClaimsEntertained if prevented by causes beyond control ยท Paid with express Govt sanction + prior Internal Finance Wing consent
Rule 297Claims of Non-Govt PersonsRules 289โ€“296 apply mutatis mutandis to persons not in Govt service
Rule 298Retrospective Sanctions โ€” Pay RevisionRetrospective effect for pay revision / concessions โ†’ only in very special circumstances with prior MoF consent
Rule 299PF Advance Sanction CurrencyLapses after 3 months unless specifically renewed ยท Exception: instalment withdrawals (valid till date specified in sanction)
II. REFUND OF REVENUE (Rules 300โ€“302)
Rule 300Sanctions of RefundsRegulated by orders of Administrator or departmental authority as per departmental manuals
Rule 301Refund Procedure โ€” Five Sub-rulesSanction on bill or certified copy ยท Link original entry in Cash Book to prevent double claims ยท Remission before collection = reduction of demand, NOT refund ยท Refunds not treated as expenditure ยท Wrongly credited โ†’ authority to whom receipts correctly pertain is competent
Rule 302Compensation for Accidental Loss of PropertyOnly with MoF approval ยท Not for floods/cyclone/earthquake or ordinary accidents ยท Being on duty or in Govt quarters not sufficient ground alone
III. DEBT & MISC. OBLIGATIONS (Rules 303โ€“305)
Rule 303Public DebtManaged by Reserve Bank of India
Rule 304Provident FundsHoO maintains complete subscriber list ยท Monthly schedule tallied before bill submission ยท Similar for NPS ยท Interest at rates/intervals prescribed by MoF
Rule 305Postal Life Insurance RegisterForm GFR-20 ยท Alphabetical order ยท Separate entry per policy ยท Monthly recovery posted after pay bill
IV. SECURITY DEPOSITS (Rules 306โ€“308)
Rule 306Security by Govt Servants Handling CashAll cash/store handlers must furnish ยท Based on actual cash (excludes A/c payee cheques) ยท Fidelity Bond: Form GFR-17 ยท Security Bond: Form GFR-14 ยท Officiating โ‰ค4 months: exemption if permanent Govt servant + no risk
Rule 307Security Not Required โ€” 4 CategoriesNegligible stores ยท Office furniture/stationery (if HoO satisfied) ยท Librarian & library staff ยท Drivers of Govt vehicles
Rule 308Retention of SecurityDeposit: retained at least 6 months after vacating post ยท Bond: retained permanently
V. TRANSFER OF LAND & BUILDINGS (Rules 309โ€“310)
Rule 309Sale of Govt LandNo sale without previous sanction of Government (applies to autonomous bodies, PSUs too)
Rule 310Transfer of Land and BuildingsUTโ†”Dept and Deptโ†”Dept: no profit no loss ยท Buildings: present day cost minus depreciation (CPWD) ยท PSU allotment: market value ยท Unionโ†”State: Art. 294, 295, 298 & 299 + Appendix-7
VIโ€“IX. LOCAL BODIES ยท RECORDS ยท ADVANCES (Rules 311โ€“324)
Rule 311Charitable Endowments and Other TrustsDetailed instructions in Appendix-8
Rule 312Financial Arrangements with Local BodiesLocal body pays in advance unless special arrangement ยท Emergency (epidemics): no pre-payment for medicines
Rule 313Recovery from Non-Paying Local BodiesDues unpaid โ†’ adjusted from any non-statutory grant sanctioned for it
Rule 314Taxes Collected on Behalf of Local BodiesMust pass through Consolidated Fund before appropriation to local fund โ€” unless authorised by law
Rule 315โ€“319Payments ยท Audit ยท RoundingAudit by Indian Audit & Accounts Dept (Art. 149) ยท Audit fees in consultation with CAG ยท Govt Company supplementary audit: waived for CAG staff, enforced for professional auditors ยท Transactions rounded to nearest Rupee
Rule 320Destruction of RecordsOnly per Appendix-9 ยท Electronic records: mandatory backup + strict retention + monthly/annual verification
Rule 322Permanent Advance / ImprestGranted by HoD in consultation with Internal Finance Wing ยท Kept to minimum required
Rule 323Advances for Contingent Purpose4 conditions ยท Adjustment bill within 15 days ยท Failure โ†’ recovered from next salary
Rule 324Advance to Govt PleaderMax โ‚น25,000 at a time ยท Adjusted at time of settlement of Counsel's fee bills
Section I โ€” Establishment (Rules 284โ€“299)
Rule 284Proposals for Additions to Establishment
Sub-rule (2) โ€” Four Mandatory Contents of Every Proposal
๐Ÿ“‹ Every Proposal for New Posts / Revision Must Contain
  • 1๏ธโƒฃPresent cost of the establishment in existence
  • 2๏ธโƒฃCost implications of the change โ€” details of pay and allowances of post(s) proposed
  • 3๏ธโƒฃExpenditure in respect of pension, gratuity or other retirement benefits that may arise in consequence
  • 4๏ธโƒฃDetails on how the expenditure is proposed to be met, including proposed re-appropriations
  • ๐Ÿ”’Sub-rule (3): Continuation of an existing post beyond the specified duration requires explicit MoF approval, based on functional justification.
  • ๐Ÿ”’Sub-rule (4): All proposals for increase in emoluments for an existing post shall be referred to the Ministry of Finance for approval.
Rule 285Digitised Service Records
  • ๐Ÿ’ปAll service matters from entry to exit โ€” including leave, transfer, promotion, performance appraisal โ€” should be maintained in a digitised format.
Rule 286Transfer of Charge
Sub-rule (1) โ€” Form GFR-16
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Report of transfer of a Gazetted Government servant shall be made in Form GFR-16, signed by both the relieved and relieving Government servants, and sent to the HoD or Controlling Officers on the same day.
โญ 3 Exceptions โ€” Independent Signing Permitted
  • 1๏ธโƒฃAssumes charge of a newly created or vacant post, or relinquishes charge of a post that has been abolished
  • 2๏ธโƒฃVacates a post for a short period and no formal/officiating arrangement is made in his place
  • 3๏ธโƒฃMoves to another post due to administrative exigencies against local arrangement
Sub-rule (2) โ€” Transfer Involving Cash/Stores
  • ๐Ÿ“’(i) Cash Book or imprest account shall be closed on the date of transfer with a note signed by both, showing cash/imprest balances and unused cheques/receipt books.
  • โš ๏ธ(ii) The relieving Government servant should bring to notice anything irregular or objectionable in the conduct of business to the incoming officer.
  • ๐Ÿšจ(iii) Sudden casualty โ€” the next senior officer present shall take charge. If not a Gazetted officer, must immediately report to nearest departmental superior and obtain orders about cash in hand.
Sub-rule (3)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒAdditional procedure for Audit/Accounts Officers making over charge in connection with Charitable Endowments and other Trust Accounts is laid down in Appendix-8.
Rule 287Date of Birth Declaration at Appointment
  • ๐Ÿ“…Every person newly appointed shall, at the time of appointment, declare the date of birth by the Christian era with confirmatory documentary evidence:
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒQualification is Matriculation or above โ†’ Matriculation Certificate
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒOther cases โ†’ Municipal Birth Certificate or Certificate from recognised school last attended
Rule 288Service Book โ€” Maintenance, Duplicate Copy and Digitisation
  • ๐Ÿ“’Sub-rule (1): Service Books shall be verified every year by the Head of Office. After satisfying himself, the HoO shall record the certificate: "Service verified from โ€ฆ upto โ€ฆ"
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Sub-rule (2): Maintained in duplicate. First copy with HoO; second copy given to the Government servant:
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒExisting employees โ†’ within 6 months of rules becoming effective (if not already given)
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒNew appointees โ†’ within 1 month of date of appointment โ— 1 month
  • ๐Ÿ“…Sub-rule (3): In January each year, the Government servant shall hand over his copy for updation. The office shall update and return it within 30 days.
  • ๐Ÿ’ฐSub-rule (4): If the Government servant's copy is lost, replaced on payment of โ‚น500. โ— โ‚น500
  • ๐Ÿ’ปSub-rule (5): All Service Books should be digitised for easy reference and to avoid problems in case of loss.
Rule 289Retrospective Claim โ€” Date of Sanction is the Reference
  • ๐Ÿ“…In the case of sanction accorded with retrospective effect, the charge does not become due before it is sanctioned. The time-limit specified in Rule 296(1) should be reckoned from the date of sanction and not from the date on which the sanction takes effect.
Rule 290Due Date of TA Claim
  • ๐Ÿ“…TA claim falls due for payment on the day succeeding the date of completion of the journey.
  • โฐThe Government servant shall submit the claim within 60 days of its becoming due. Failure โ†’ claim stands forfeited. โ— 60 days
Rule 291TA of Retired Govt Servant Appearing in Court of Law
  • โš–๏ธRetired Government servants become eligible for reimbursement of travelling expenses for court appearances (defending himself) only when the judgement relating to his honourable acquittal is pronounced.
  • ๐Ÿ“…The date of pronouncement of the judgement shall be the reference point for submission and reimbursement of the TA claim.
Rule 292Due Date of Leave Travel Concession (LTC) Claim
  • ๐Ÿ“…LTC claim falls due for payment on the day succeeding the date of completion of return journey.
โญ LTC Submission Time Limits
  • ๐Ÿ’ณAdvance drawn: Submit within 30 days of due date. Failure โ†’ advance recovered; Government employee may still submit as under (ii) below. โ— 30 days
  • ๐Ÿ’ฐAdvance not drawn: Submit within 60 days of due date. โ— 60 days
  • โ›”Failure to submit in both the cases within prescribed timelines โ†’ claim stands forfeited.
Rule 293Due Date of Overtime Allowance (OTA) Claims
  • ๐Ÿ“…OTA claim falls due for payment on the first day of the month following the month to which the overtime allowance relates.
  • โฐClaim stands forfeited if not submitted within 60 days of the due date. โ— 60 days
Rule 294Due Date of a Withheld Increment
  • ๐Ÿ“…The period of one year should be counted from the date on which the increment falls due โ€” not with reference to the date on which the Increment Certificate is signed by the competent authority.
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒEven where an increment is withheld, the time-limit should be reckoned from the date on which it falls due after taking into account the period for which it is withheld.
Rule 295Arrear Claims
  • ๐Ÿ“…Sub-rule (1): Any arrear claim preferred within two years of its becoming due shall be settled by the DDO or Accounts Officer after usual checks.
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒSub-rule (2): The date on which the claim is presented at the office of disbursement shall be considered the date on which it is preferred.
  • ๐Ÿ”Sub-rule (3)(i): Claim remaining in abeyance for more than two years โ†’ investigated by the Head of Department. If satisfied about genuineness and valid reasons for delay, the HoD directs payment after usual checks.
  • ๐Ÿ‘ฅSub-rule (3)(ii): HoD may delegate the above powers to the subordinate authority competent to appoint the Government servant by whom the claim is made.
Rule 296Procedure for Dealing with Time-Barred Claims
  • โœ…Sub-rule (1): Even a time-barred claim shall be entertained if the concerned authority is satisfied that the claimant was prevented from submitting within the prescribed time limit on account of causes and circumstances beyond his control.
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Sub-rule (2): A time-barred claim shall be paid with the express sanction of the Government issued with the previous consent of the Internal Finance Wing of the Ministry or Department concerned.
Rule 297Time-Barred Claims of Persons Not in Government Service
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒThe provisions of Rules 289 to 296 shall apply mutatis mutandis to arrear claims preferred against Government by persons not in Government service.
Rule 298Retrospective Sanctions for Pay Revision and Concessions
  • โ›”Retrospective effect shall not be given by competent authorities to sanctions relating to revision of pay or grant of concessions to Government servants, except in very special circumstances with the previous consent of the Ministry of Finance.
Rule 299Currency of Sanction for Provident Fund Advance / Withdrawal
  • โฐA sanction to an advance or a non-refundable part withdrawal from Provident Fund shall, unless specifically renewed, lapse on the expiry of 3 months. โ— 3 months
  • โœ…Exception: This shall not apply to withdrawals effected in instalments. In such cases, the sanction for non-refundable withdrawals shall remain valid up to a particular date specified by the sanctioning authority in the sanction order itself.
Section II โ€” Refund of Revenue (Rules 300โ€“302)
Rule 300Sanctions of Refunds of Revenue
  • ๐Ÿ“‹All sanctions to refunds of revenue shall be regulated by the orders of an Administrator or of the departmental authority as per the provisions of the rules and orders contained in departmental manuals.
Rule 301Refund Procedure โ€” Five Key Provisions
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Sub-rule (1): Sanction to a refund may be given on the bill itself or quoted therein with a certified copy attached.
  • ๐Ÿ”’Sub-rule (2): Before a refund is made, the original demand or realisation must be linked and a reference to the refund recorded against the original entry in the Cash Book โ€” to make entertainment of a double or erroneous claim impossible.
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒSub-rule (3): Remission of revenue before collection โ‰  Refund. Such remissions are treated as reduction of demands, not as refunds.
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒSub-rule (4): Refunds of revenues are not regarded as expenditure for the purposes of grants or appropriation.
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒSub-rule (5): Revenue credited to a wrong head of account โ†’ the authority to whom the original receipts correctly pertain is competent to order refund.
Rule 302Compensation for Accidental Loss of Property
  • โ›”No compensation for accidental loss of property shall be paid to an officer except with the approval of the Ministry of Finance.
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒCompensation will not ordinarily be granted for:
    • โŒLoss due to floods, cyclone, earthquake or any other natural calamity
    • โŒLoss due to ordinary accident which may occur to any citizen (theft, railway accident, fire, etc.)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒThe mere fact that the Government servant is technically on duty or is living in Government quarters will not be considered a sufficient ground for grant of compensation.
Section III โ€” Debt and Miscellaneous Obligations (Rules 303โ€“305)
Rule 303Public Debt
  • ๐ŸฆThe public debt raised by Government by issue of securities shall be managed by the Reserve Bank of India. The RBI shall also manage securities created under any other law or rule having the force of law, provided such law specifically provides for their management by RBI.
Rule 304Provident Funds
Sub-rule (1) โ€” Maintenance of Subscriber List
  • ๐Ÿ“’A complete list of subscribers to each fund shall be maintained by each disbursing office in the form of a schedule. Key requirements:
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒEach new subscriber brought on the list; changes (transfer, rate change) clearly indicated
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒDeath, quitting service or transfer โ†’ full particulars duly recorded
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒTransfer of a subscriber โ†’ note made in list of both the offices
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒMonthly schedule prepared from this list and tallied with recoveries before submission of bill
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒSimilar provisions shall be made for New Pension System (NPS) subscribers
Sub-rule (2) โ€” Crediting of Interest
  • ๐Ÿ’ฐDeposit accounts shall be credited with interest at such rates and at such intervals as may be prescribed by the Ministry of Finance in each case.
Rule 305Maintenance of Register for Postal Life Insurance (PLI) Premia
  • ๐Ÿ“ฎAll drawing officers should maintain a record of Postal Life Insurance (PLI) policy holders in Form GFR-20.
  • ๐Ÿ“‹The register shall be kept up to date with names in alphabetical order by surname. A separate entry for each policy where a holder has more than one policy.
  • ๐Ÿ“ŠAfter preparation of the monthly pay bill, the amount of recovery on account of PLI premium shown in the bill shall be posted in the monthly column of the register. Excess or non-recovery shall be noted in the remarks column.
Section IV โ€” Security Deposits (Rules 306โ€“308)
Rule 306Furnishing of Security by Government Servants Handling Cash
  • ๐Ÿ”’Sub-rule (1): Every Government servant who actually handles cash or stores shall be required to furnish security, in such amount and form as Central Government or an Administrator may prescribe, and to execute a security bond setting forth the conditions.
  • ๐Ÿ’ฐSub-rule (2): Amount of security shall be based on actual cash handled โ€” shall not include account payee cheques and drafts.
  • ๐Ÿ“‹Sub-rule (3): Security shall be furnished in the form of a Fidelity Bond in Form GFR-17; Security Bond executed in Form GFR-14. Administration shall ensure the Government servant pays premia to keep the Bond alive; failure to submit premium receipt โ†’ not allowed to perform duties.
  • โš ๏ธSub-rule (4): Officiating Government servant must furnish full security prescribed for the post. Exemption for short-term officiating only if all three conditions are met:
    • โœ…No risk involved
    • โœ…Only for a permanent Government servant
    • โœ…Officiating period does not exceed four months โ— 4 months
Rule 307Exemptions from Security โ€” Four Categories

Notwithstanding Rule 306, security need not be furnished in cases of:

  • 1๏ธโƒฃGovernment servants entrusted with the custody of stores which, in the opinion of the competent authority, are not considerable
  • 2๏ธโƒฃGovernment servants entrusted with custody of office furniture, stationery and other articles required for office management, if the HoO is satisfied about safeguards against loss through pilferage
  • 3๏ธโƒฃLibrarian and Library Staff
  • 4๏ธโƒฃDrivers of Government vehicles
Rule 308Retention of Security
  • ๐Ÿ“…A security deposit taken from a Government servant shall be retained for at least six months from the date he vacates his post. โ— 6 months minimum
  • ๐Ÿ“‹A security bond shall be retained permanently or until it is certain there is no further necessity for keeping it.
Section V โ€” Transfer of Land and Buildings (Rules 309โ€“310)
Rule 309Sale of Government Land โ€” Prior Sanction Required
  • โ›”Save as otherwise provided in any law, rule or order, no land belonging to the Government or any of its bodies โ€” including autonomous bodies, PSUs, etc. โ€” shall be sold without previous sanction of the Government.
Rule 310Transfer of Land and Buildings โ€” Price Basis
๐Ÿ“‹ Transfer of Land โ€” Price Basis by Type
Transfer TypeBasis
UT โ†” Central Govt Dept [R.310(1)]No profit no loss (not necessarily zero cost โ€” can be on mutually agreeable terms)
Dept โ†” Dept [R.310(2)]No profit no loss (can include payment of value or exchange of equal value land)
Buildings / Superstructures [R.310(3)]Present day cost minus depreciation ยท Valuation from CPWD at time of transfer
Allotment to PSUs [R.310(4)]Market value as defined in Appendix-7, para 2
Union โ†” State Govts [R.310(5)]Regulated by Art. 294, 295, 298 & 299 of Constitution and Appendix-7
Sections VIโ€“IX โ€” Local Bodies, Trusts, Records, Advances (Rules 311โ€“324)
Rule 311Charitable Endowments and Other Trusts
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒDetailed instructions relating to Charitable Endowments and other Trusts are embodied in Appendix-8.
Rule 312Financial Arrangements between Central Government and Local Bodies
  • ๐Ÿ’ฐSub-rule (1): A local body will be required to pay in advance the estimated amount of charges unless one of the following special arrangements is authorised:
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒPayments are debited to the balances of the deposits of the local fund with Government, or
    • ๐Ÿ“ŒPayments are made as advances from public funds pending recovery from the local funds
  • ๐ŸฅSub-rule (2) โ€” Emergency Exception: In case of emergency such as epidemics, pre-payment will not be insisted upon from local bodies for supply of medicines from Medical Stores Depots of the Ministry of Health.
Rule 313Recovery of Dues from Local Bodies
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒAny amount or loan not paid on due date to Government by a local body may be adjusted from any non-statutory grant sanctioned for payment to it.
Rule 314Taxes Collected by Government on Behalf of Local Bodies
  • ๐Ÿ”’Proceeds of taxes, fines or other revenues levied or collected by Government for or on behalf of local bodies shall not be appropriated directly to a local fund without passing through the Consolidated Fund โ€” unless expressly authorised by law.
Rules 315โ€“319Payments, Audit of Local Bodies and Rounding of Transactions
  • ๐Ÿ’ฐR.315: Payments to local bodies in respect of revenue raised or received by Government on their behalf shall be made in such manner and on such date as authorised by general or special orders of Government.
  • ๐Ÿ”R.316: Accounts of local bodies, other non-Government bodies or institutions will be audited by the Indian Audit and Accounts Department under terms agreed between Government and CAG (subject to any law under Article 149).
  • ๐Ÿ’ฐR.317: Audit fees charged at daily rates prescribed by Government in consultation with CAG. Not applicable where rates are prescribed by law or rules having force of law. Specific local bodies may be wholly or partially exempted.
  • ๐ŸขR.318 โ€” Government Companies (Supplementary Audit, S.143(6) Companies Act 2013):
    • โœ…Cost recovery waived where audit is done by CAG through own departmental staff
    • โš ๏ธCost recovery enforced where CAG employs professional auditors
  • ๐Ÿ”ขR.319: Financial transactions between Government and local bodies shall be rounded off to the nearest Rupee.
Rule 320Destruction of Records
  • ๐Ÿ—‚๏ธSub-rule (1): No Government record connected with accounts shall be destroyed except in accordance with the provisions of Appendix-9.
  • ๐Ÿ’ปSub-rule (2): Records maintained in electronic form should mandatorily have a backup and adhere strictly to the retention period and prescribed formats. Responsibility for verification and certification on a monthly/annual basis as prescribed under relevant rules shall also be ensured.
Rule 321Contingent Expenditure
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒRules relating to incurring contingent expenditure are available under Section III of Subsidiary Instructions to Central Government Account (Receipt & Payment) Rules 2022.
Rule 322Permanent Advance or Imprest
  • ๐Ÿ’ณPermanent advance or Imprest for meeting day-to-day contingent and emergent expenditure may be granted by the Head of the Department in consultation with the Internal Finance Wing.
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒAmount of advance shall be kept at the minimum required for smooth functioning. Procedures are available in para 10.12 of the Civil Accounts Manual.
Rule 323Advances for Contingent and Miscellaneous Purpose
Sub-rule (1) โ€” Four Conditions
๐Ÿ“‹ Four Conditions for Sanctioning a Contingent Advance
  • 1๏ธโƒฃAmount of expenditure is higher than the Permanent Advance available and cannot be met from it
  • 2๏ธโƒฃPurchase or other purpose cannot be managed under the normal procedures (post-procurement payment system)
  • 3๏ธโƒฃAmount of advance is not more than the power delegated to the HoO for the purpose
  • 4๏ธโƒฃHead of Office shall be responsible for timely recovery or adjustment of the advance
Sub-rule (2) โ€” 15-Day Adjustment Limit
โš ๏ธ The adjustment bill, along with balance if any, shall be submitted by the Government servant within 15 days of the drawl of advance. Failure โ†’ advance or balance recovered from his next salary(ies). โ— 15 days
Rule 324Advance to Government Pleader
  • โš–๏ธThe Ministry or Department may sanction an advance to a Government Pleader in connection with law suits to which Government is a party โ€” up to a maximum of โ‚น25,000 at a time. โ— โ‚น25,000 max
  • ๐Ÿ“‹The amount so advanced should be adjusted at the time of settlement of Counsel's fee bills.
โญ Numbers and Key Facts to Remember โ€” Chapter 12
  • ๐Ÿ“Œ4 mandatory contents in establishment proposals (R.284)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒForm GFR-16 โ€” Transfer of Charge ยท signed by both ยท sent to HoD on same day (R.286)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒService Book duplicate: existing employees within 6 months; new appointees within 1 month ยท January update, returned in 30 days ยท lost copy: โ‚น500 (R.288)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒTA: 60 days ยท LTC with advance: 30 days ยท LTC without advance: 60 days ยท OTA: 60 days ยท Contingent advance adjustment: 15 days
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒArrear claims: 2 years โ†’ DDO/AO settles; beyond 2 years โ†’ HoD investigates (R.295)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒPF advance sanction: 3 months โ€” lapses unless renewed; exception for instalment withdrawals (R.299)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒRemission before collection = reduction of demand, NOT refund ยท Refunds โ‰  expenditure for appropriation (R.301)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒSecurity Bond: Form GFR-14 ยท Fidelity Bond: Form GFR-17 ยท PLI Register: Form GFR-20
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒSecurity exemption for officiating: only if โ‰ค4 months + permanent Govt servant + no risk (R.306)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒSecurity deposit: โ‰ฅ6 months after vacation ยท Security bond: permanently (R.308)
  • ๐Ÿ“Œ4 categories exempt from security: negligible stores ยท office furniture ยท librarian/library staff ยท Govt vehicle drivers (R.307)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒLand transfer: UTโ†”Dept and Deptโ†”Dept = no profit no loss ยท PSU = market value ยท Buildings = present day cost minus depreciation (CPWD valuation) (R.310)
  • ๐Ÿ“ŒSupplementary Audit (Govt Companies): cost recovery waived for CAG departmental staff; enforced for professional auditors (R.318)
  • ๐Ÿ“Œโ‚น25,000 โ€” maximum advance to Government Pleader at a time (R.324)
๐Ÿšง

Notes Coming Soon

Detailed notes for this chapter will be published shortly. Check back soon.

Gateway to Promotion Exams

Single Device Policy: You can only be logged in on one device at a time. Logging in here will end any existing session.
Forgot Password?

Enter your email to receive a password reset link.

Back to Login